Skip to main content

Full text of "Mortuary ritual of the Badagas of Southern India"

See other formats


FIELD!  A  NA 


Anthropology 


SERIES,  NO.  32 


Mortuary  Ritual  of  the  Badagas 
of  Southern  India 

Paul  [lockings 


February  2X,  2001 

Publication  1512 


PUBLISHED  BY  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Information  for  Contributors  to  Fieldiana 

General:  Fieldiana  is  primarily  a  journal  for  Field  Museum  staff  members  and  research  associates,  although 
manuscripts  from  nonaffiliated  authors  may  he  considered  as  space  permits. 

The  Journal  carries  a  page  charge  of  $65.00  per  printed  page  or  fraction  thereof.  Payment  of  at  least  50%  of 
,  harges  qualifies  a  paper  for  expedited  processing,  which  reduces  the  publication  time.  Contributions  from  staff, 
md  invited  authors  will  be  considered  for  publication  regardless  of  ability  to  pay  page  charges, 
however,  the  full  charge  is  mandatory  for  nonaffiliated  authors  of  unsolicited  manuscripts.  Three  complete  copies  of 
the  text  (including  title  page  and  abstract)  and  of  the  illustrations  should  be  submitted  (one  original  copy  plus  two 
review  copies  which  may  be  machine  copies).  No  manuscripts  will  be  considered  for  publication  or  submitted  to 
reviewers  before  all  materials  are  complete  and  in  the  hands  of  the  Scientific  Editor. 

Manuscripts  should  be  submitted  to  Scientific  Editor,  Fieldiana.  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Chicago, 
Illinois  60605-2496.  U.S.A. 

Text:  Manuscripts  must  be  typewritten  double-spaced  on  standard-weight,  8V2-  by  11 -inch  paper  with  wide 
margins  on  all  four  sides.  If  typed  on  an  IBM-compatible  computer  using  MS-DOS,  also  submit  text  on  5%-inch 
diskette  (WordPerfect  4.1.  4.2.  or  5.0.  MultiMate.  Displaywrite  2,  3  &  4,  Wang  PC,  Samna,  Microsoft  Word,  Volks- 
v.  riter,  or  WordStar  programs  or  ASCII). 

For  papers  o\er  100  manuscript  pages,  authors  are  requested  to  submit  a  "Table  of  Contents,"  a  "List  of 
Illustrations."  and  a  "List  of  Tables"  immediately  following  title  page.  In  most  cases,  the  text  should  be  preceded 
by  an    Abstract"  and  should  conclude  with  "Acknowledgments"  (if  any)  and  "Literature  Cited." 

All  measurements  should  be  in  the  metric  system  (periods  are  not  used  after  abbreviated  measurements).  The 
format  and  style  of  headings  should  follow  that  of  recent  issues  of  Fieldiana. 

For  more  detailed  style  information,  see  The  Chicago  Manual  of  Style  (13th  ed.),  published  by  The  University 
of  Chicago  Press,  and  also  recent  issues  of  Fieldiana. 

References:  In  "Literature  Cited,"  book  and  journal  titles  should  be  given  in  full.  Where  abbreviations  are 
desirable  (e.g..  in  citation  of  synonymies),  authors  consistently  should  follow  Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum  and 
TL-2  Taxonomic  Literature  by  F.  A.  Stafleu  &  R.  S.  Cowan  (1976  et  seq.)  (botanical  papers)  or  Serial  Sources  for 
the  Biosis  Data  Base  (1983)  published  by  the  BioSciences  Information  Service.  Names  of  botanical  authors  should 
follow  the  "Draft  Index  of  Author  Abbreviations,  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,"  1984  edition,  or  TL-2. 
References  should  be  typed  in  the  following  form: 

Croat,  T  B.   1978.  Flora  of  Barro  Colorado  Island.  Stanford  University  Press,  Stanford,  Calif.,  943  pp. 
Grubb,  P.  J.,  J.  R.  Lloyd,  and  T.  D.  Pinmncton.   1963.  A  comparison  of  montane  and  lowland  rain  forest  in 

Ecuador.  I.  The  forest  structure,  physiognomy,  and  floristics.  Journal  of  Ecology,  51:  567-601. 
Lam, n«'N.  E.  J   M.    1979.  Yage  among  the  Siona:  Cultural  patterns  in  visions,  pp.  63-80.  In  Browman,  D  L., 

and  R.  A.  Schwarz.  eds..  Spirits,  Shamans,  and  Stars.  Mouton  Publishers.  The  Hague,  Netherlands. 
Murra,  J.    1946.  The  historic  tribes  of  Ecuador,  pp.  785-821.  In  Steward,  J.  H,  ed..  Handbook  of  South 
American  Indians.  Vol.  2,  The  Andean  Civilizations.  Bulletin   143,  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C. 
Stol/e,  R.  G.    1981.  Ferns  and  fern  allies  of  Guatemala.  Part  II.  Polypodiaceae.  Fieldiana:  Botany,  n.s.,  6:  l- 

522. 
Illustrations:  Illustrations  are  referred  to  as  "figures"  in  the  text  (not  as  "plates").  Figures  must  be  accompanied 
me  indication  of  scale,  normally  a  reference  bar.  Statements  in  figure  captions  alone,  such  as  "X0.8,"  are  not 
itable.  Captions  should  be  typed  double-spaced  and  consecutively.  See  recent  issues  of  Fieldiana  for  details  of 
sty  le. 

All  illustrations  should  be  marked  on  the  reverse  with  author  s  name,  figure  number(s),  and  "top." 
Figures  as  submitted  should,  whenever  practicable,  be  8M>  by  11  inches  (22  X  28  cm)  and  may  not  exceed  1  \Vi 
by  16^>  inches  (30  X  42  cm).  Illustrations  should  be  mounted  on  boards  in  the  arrangement  to  be  obtained  in  the 
printed  work.  This  original  set  should  be  suitable  for  transmission  to  the  printer  as  follows:  Pen  and  ink  drawings 
may  be  originals  (preferred)  or  photostats;  shaded  drawings  must  be  originals,  but  within  the  size  limitation;  and 
photostats  must  be  high-quality,  glossy,  black  and  white  prints.  Original  illustrations  will  be  returned  to  the  corre- 
sponding author  upon  publication  unless  otherwise  specified. 

Authors  who  wish  to  publish  figures  that  require  costly  special  paper  or  color  reproduction  must  make  prior 
arrangements  with  the  Scientific  Editor. 

Page  Proofs:  Fieldiana  employs  a  two-step  correction  system.  The  corresponding  author  will  normally  receive 
a  copy  of  the  edited  manuscript  on  which  deletions,  additions,  and  changes  can  be  made  and  queries  answered.  Only 
one  set  of  page  proofs  will  be  sent.  All  desired  corrections  of  type  must  be  made  on  the  single  set  of  page  proofs. 
Changes  in  page  proofs  (as  opposed  to  corrections)  are  very  expensive.  Author-generated  changes  in  page  proofs  can 
only  be  made  if  the  author  agrees  in  advance  to  pay  for  them. 

®  This  paper  meets  the  requirements  of  ANSI/NISO  Z39.48-1992  (Permanence  of  Paper). 


FIELDIANA 


Anthropology 


NEW  SERIES,  NO.  32 


Mortuary  Ritual  of  the  Badagas 
of  Southern  India 

Paul  Hockings 

Adjunct  Curator 
Department  of  Anthropology 
Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 
1400  South  Lake  Shore  Drive 
Chicago.  Illinois  60605-2496  U.S.A. 

Address  for  correspondence: 
Department  of  Anthropology — 027 
University  of  Illinois 
1007  West  Harrison  Street 
Chicago.  Illinois  60607-7139  U.S.A. 


Accepted  June  16,  1998 
Published  February  28,  2001 
Publication  1512 


PUBLISHED  BY  FIELD  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


©  2001  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 

ISSN  0071-4739 

PRINTED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


For  Murray  B.  Emeneau 
Centenarian  Nilgiriologist 


Introduction 


The  Badagas 

The  Badagas  form  the  largest  indigenous  com- 
munity among  over  a  dozen  tribal  groups  on  the 
Nilgiri  Hills,  in  the  extreme  northwest  of  Tamil 
Nadu  State  in  southern  India.  Their  name,  badaga 
(meaning  "northerner"),  was  ascribed  to  them  af- 
ter they  migrated  here  from  the  plains  just  to  the 
north,  in  the  decades  following  the  breakup  of  the 
Vijayanagar  Empire  in  1565.  After  establishing 
farms  on  the  hills,  the  men,  using  fixed  fields  and 
some  swidden  cultivation,  grew  millets,  barley, 
and  wheat.  People  rely  on  the  rainfall  of  two  reg- 
ular monsoons. 

Their  villages  consist  of  several  rows  of  houses, 
with  work  yards  in  front,  that  lie  along  the  slope 
of  a  hill  and  are  surrounded  by  fields.  A  few  Hin- 
du temples  or  shrines  are  also  included,  and  mod- 
ern villages  have  piped  water,  often  some  shops, 
perhaps  too  a  school,  post  office,  and  bus  service. 
Other  features  are  a  village  green  and  usually  a 
funerary  ground. 

Traditionally,  Badaga  society  was  a  chiefdom, 
and  Badagas  still  have  a  hereditary  paramount 
chief,  below  whom  are  four  divisional  headmen. 
Every  village  also  has  its  own  headman,  and  sev- 
eral neighboring  villages  together  constitute  a 
commune  or  circle  of  villages  with  its  own  head- 
man. At  each  of  these  levels,  councils  still  exist, 
but  their  authority  has  been  greatly  undermined 
by  modern  law  courts.  The  headmen,  who  could 
once  dictate  severe  punishments,  today  are  mainly 
involved  with  petty  disputes  or  ceremonial  duties. 

The  community  is  divided  into  a  number  of 
phratries,  large  social  groups  made  up  of  two  or 
more  exogamous  clans;  phratries  are  culturally 
distinct  from  or  differently  ranked  from  each  oth- 
er. There  are  two  clans  each  in  the  case  of  the 
Toreyas,  Be:das,  and  Kumba:ras,  three  in  the  case 
of  Wodeyas,  and  rather  more  in  the  other  cases. 
Some  might  prefer  to  call  the  phratries  subcastes, 
because  although  they  have  no  economic  special- 


ization, they,  like  Indian  subcastes,  do  form  a  so- 
cial hierarchy,  with  the  conservative  Lingayat 
group,  the  Wodeyas,  somewhat  culturally  isolated 
at  the  top  and  the  commune  headman's  erstwhile 
servants,  the  Toreyas,  at  the  bottom.  Between 
these  two  extremes  there  are  a  phratry  of  vege- 
tarians and  four  phratries  of  meat-eaters,  including 
the  numerically  dominant  ( i.uul.i  phratry.  The 
Christian  Badagas,  started  as  a  small  minority  by 
the  first  Protestant  conversion  in  1858,  now  form 
a  separate  meat-eating  phratry  that  is  ranked  be- 
low the  Toreyas  but  still  respected.  Kotas,  Kurum- 
bas,  and  Todas  are  neighboring  tribal  groups  that 
are  unrelated  to  the  Badagas  but  closely  associ- 
ated with  them. 

Most  villages  belong  to  just  one  particular  clan, 
and  at  marriage  a  bride  normally  moves  from  her 
natal  village  to  her  husband's.  Polygyny  is  ac- 
ceptable, though  rare.  Divorce  and  remarriage  are 
easy,  and  widows  can  remarry.  Although  a  dowry, 
a  financial  settlement  on  the  groom,  has  become 
required  during  the  past  three  decades,  it  is  not  a 
traditional  part  of  Badaga  marriage  arrangements. 
Instead,  a  bridewealth  of  up  to  200  rupees  or  so 
was  paid  by  the  groom's  family.  People  prefer  to 
marry  a  cross-cousin,  a  father's  sister's  daughter 
or  mother's  brother's  daughter;  but  other,  more 
distant  relations  are  acceptable,  if  they  belong  to 
the  appropriate  clan. 

Except  for  nearly  four  thousand  Christians,  all 
Badagas  are  Saivite  Hindus.  A  sizable  minority, 
however,  are  Lingayats,  a  sect  that  is  almost  con- 
fined to  Kamataka  State.  They  take  Siva  as  their 
prime  deity,  and  worship  him  through  a  phallic 
emblem,  the  liriga.  Among  the  Badaga  Lingayats 
are  the  Wodeyas,  a  culturally  distinct  phratry  of 
conservative  ViraSaivas. 

The  Hindu  Badagas,  including  even  the  Lin- 
gayat clans,  worship  quite  a  number  of  gods,  all 
of  whom  can  be  viewed  as  "aspects"  of  Siva. 
During  the  year  each  village  has  several  festivals, 
and  several  life-cycle  rituals  are  practiced,  includ- 
ing complex  funerals  and  weddings. 


vn 


Badaga  farmers  continued  some  swidden  cul- 
tivation until  the  1870s.  By  then  they  grew  not 
only  millets,  barley,  and  wheat  but  also  many  Eu- 
ropean crops.  They  have  since  continued  to  adopt 
certain  alien  customs  and  techniques.  Thus,  crops 
of  foreign  origin  are  grown  on  machine-made  ter- 
races with  the  help  of  chemical  fertilizers,  truck 
transport,  improved  seed,  and  even  crop  insur- 
ance, and  their  small,  newly  developed  tea  plan- 
tations must  maintain  standards  necessary  for  the 
world  markets. 

Such  progressive  attitudes  mark  the  Badagas  as 
unusually  successful  farmers,  and  population  fig- 
ures reflect  this:  they  rose  from  a  reported  2,207 
people  in  1812  to  about  200,000  in  2000.  By  de- 
veloping cash-crop  cultivation,  they  have  man- 
aged to  accommodate  this  greatly  increased  labor 
force  and  also  to  improve  their  standard  of  living. 
There  is  now  a  sizable  middle  class  living  in  the 
four  British-built  towns  on  the  Plateau  (Ootaca- 
mund,  Kotagiri,  Coonoor,  and  Wellington),  and 
the  community  has  several  thousand  college  grad- 
uates. For  nearly  a  century,  fathers  have  been 
willing  to  invest  in  college  education  for  their 
sons,  so  that  today  Badaga  doctors,  lawyers,  en- 
gineers, teachers,  and  government  officials  are  nu- 
merous, and  there  are  also  professors,  agrono- 
mists, bankers,  military  and  judicial  personnel, 
and  politicians. 


The  Ebb  of  Life 

A  truism  of  modern  studies  of  the  funeral  any- 
where is  that  the  funeral  is  viewed  as  "a  reasser- 
tion  of  the  social  order  at  the  time  of  death" 
(Bloch  and  Parry  1982:  6).  This  South  Indian 
study  does  not  refute  that  functionalist  position; 
indeed,  it  accepts  it,  but  it  also  tries  to  show — 
with  much  ethnographic  detail — just  how  the  so- 
cial order  is  supported  in  the  arrangement  of  the 
complex  mortuary  ceremonies  to  which  the  Bad- 
agas are  heir. 

It  is  my  view  that  for  the  Badagas,  the  funeral 
is  the  most  complex  of  all  ceremonies  because  it 
is  the  most  important,  and  it  is  the  most  important 
because,  being  a  communal  rather  than  a  family 
ceremony  (as  a  naming  or  wedding  is),  it  makes 
clearer  than  anything  else  does  the  key  roles,  the 
status  differentials,  the  order  of  social  precedence, 
and  the  dominant  values  in  Badaga  peasant  soci- 
ety. In  its  premodern  incarnation  (during  previous 
centuries),  that  society  was  also  preliterate,  which 


means  that  its  youth  then  lacked  any  means  of 
formally  studying  how  their  own  society  was  or- 
ganized. Ceremonies,  I  will  assert,  made  up  for 
this  deficiency  in  learning  by  providing  visible 
demonstrations  of  the  most  necessary  of  all  les- 
sons, how  to  behave  correctly  in  society.  One  of 
my  informants  in  Ke:ti  village  hazarded  a  guess 
that  by  the  time  it  was  his  turn,  he  might  have 
attended  something  like  three  hundred  local  fu- 
nerals— perhaps  four  or  five  a  year.  During  this 
time,  he  will  have  seen  everyone  he  knows  acting 
out  a  formal  role  vis-a-vis  his  or  her  fellows,  he 
will  have  seen  such  roles  changing  through  the 
years,  and  furthermore,  this  experience  will  allow 
him  to  correlate  variations  in  the  performance  of 
the  ceremony  with  the  social  status  of  each  par- 
ticular dead  person  and  each  live  mourner.  For 
children,  the  lesson  is  crucial. 

Such  subcultural  variation  is  itself  important,  as 
the  very  comparison  between  any  one  funeral  and 
others  that  an  individual  has  previously  attended 
is  a  subtle  lesson  in  social  structure.  That  is  the 
reason  why  I  have  chosen  to  give  here  a  full  ac- 
count of  how  the  funeral  is  performed,  a  descrip- 
tion that  does  not  stop  at  a  broad  description  to 
fit  all  Badaga  Hindu  funerals  (as  do  Natesa  Sastri 
1892  or  Noble  and  Noble  1965).  The  description 
could  have  been  expanded  considerably  by  pre- 
senting the  general  features  of  Badaga  Christian 
burial  too,  but  since  I  am  confident  that  all  readers 
are  broadly  familiar  with  the  protocol  of  Protes- 
tant or  Catholic  funeral  ceremonies,  I  will  refrain 
from  lengthening  this  account.1 

This  is  not  to  imply  that  the  general  function 
of  funeral  ceremonies  is  only  a  pedagogical  one. 
They  certainly  have  a  psychological  impact  on  all 
participants,  because  they  allow  for  a  socially  ap- 
proved release  of  emotion,  and  the  ritual  locates 
each  individual  precisely  in  the  social  fabric  while 
highlighting  the  power  differences — the  sociopo- 
litical structure — that  will  continue  to  be  funda- 
mental to  interpersonal  relations  in  this  society. 
The  resultant  reaffirmation  of  status  serves  to  re- 
integrate each  person  into  the  social  fabric  and  to 
reassert  the  most  general  principles  of  social  or- 
der. 

From  the  beginning  to  the  end  of  a  funeral,  the 
household  is  intimately  involved  with  the  pro- 
ceedings. On  the  first  day  after  the  death,  the 
corpse  lies  on  a  much-decorated  cot,  which  is  first 


1  See  Nanjundayya  and  Ananthakrishna  Iyer  (1930:  1- 
76)  for  a  basic  account  of  South  Indian  practice,  both 
Catholic  and  Protestant,  by  a  Hindu  anthropologist. 


Vlll 


placed  in  front  of  the  bereaved  house  and  then  in 
the  "funeral  yard"  (sa.vu  ke.ri),  while  friends  and 
relatives  come  to  pay  their  respects  and  comfort 
the  grieving  family.  Later,  the  corpse  moves  on 
by  stages  to  its  cremation  or  burial,  but  since  the 
soul  may  still  be  lurking  around  the  house,  the 
final  act  of  the  funeral  a  few  days  after  death  in- 
volves putting  a  parting  gift  of  food  on  the  roof 
of  the  Great  House  to  help  provision  the  soul  on 
its  journey.  The  rites  of  separation  that  constitute 
a  funeral  are  plotted  schematically  in  Drawings  1 
and  5.  People  indicate  no  expectation  that  the  soul 
will  ever  return  by  means  of  reincarnation,  for  in 
Badaga  thinking,  this  has  been  the  soul's  final 
worldly  sojourn. 

For  convenience,  1  will  present  the  Badaga 
mortuary  rites  in  five  stages:  preparation,  display, 
procession,  disposal,  and  subsequent  rites.  From 
the  point  of  view  of  understanding  social  struc- 
ture, the  procession  is  the  most  interesting  stage. 
Since  there  is  so  much  variation  in  the  protocol. 


depending  on  precisely  who  the  deceased  was — 
his  or  her  age,  sex,  phratry  membership,  status  in 
terms  of  wealth  or  poverty — I  present  the  ethno- 
graphic description  in  a  double-column  format.  In 
the  pages  that  follow,  the  left-hand  column  gives 
the  general  description  of  what  happens,  while  the 
right-hand  one  (which  can  be  skipped)  presents 
additional  information  and  established  variations 
on  what  is  described  in  the  left-hand  column.  Fi- 
nally, I  analyze  the  structure  of  the  funeral. 

Much  ritual  must  occur  before  the  actual  dis- 
posal of  the  corpse.  Among  Hindu  Badagas,  there 
are  two  main  forms  of  disposal:  Lingayats,  wheth- 
er Adikari,  Kanakka,  Wodeya,  or  Kohgaru,  bury 
their  dead,  whereas  the  other  phratries  and  clans 
commonly  cremate  the  dead.  If  a  Ha:ruva  clans- 
woman  marries  a  Lingayat,  she  will  be  given  a 
Lingayat  burial,  as  she  is  united  with  her  hus- 
band's family.  Christian  Badagas,  however,  only 
bury  their  dead,  and  normally  do  so  in  a  desig- 
nated cemetery. 


IX 


SOUL  jOING  TO 
AFTER  WORLD 


(N) 

Last  meal 
for  soul 


Separation  of  a  man 
from  his  occupation: 
last  milk,  last  touch  of 
cattle 


"FUNERAL 

PLACE" 

Separation  of  soul 

from  sins  of  lifetime 

2.  Separation  of  wife 

and  husband 


CREMATION  OR 
BURIAL  GROUND 


Separation  of 
body  from  soul 


ORIENTATION 


Head  to  West 


Head  to  West 


BONES  TO 
DEPOSITORY 


Head  to  North 


Head  to  West 


Head  to  South 


Drawing  1.     Movements  of  the  corpse  during  a  funeral. 


Preparation  for  a  Funeral 


The  Moments  Before  Death 

If  an  old  person  is  very  ill  and  is  expected  to  die, 
a  message1  will  be  sent  to  most  of  the  surrounding 
villages,  even  though  they  may  be  of  different 
phratries  or  even  of  different  tribes,  telling  people 
that  they  should  come  quickly  and  visit  the  un- 
fortunate person  before  he  dies,  in  order  to  bless 
him.  The  hamlet  headman  selects  the  men  to  carry 
this  news — traditionally,  in  most  areas,  he  will  se- 
lect the  Toreya  phratry  servants — and  he  gener- 
ally expects  that  some  5  to  10  percent  of  the  in- 
vitees will  respond;  however,  no  specific  number 
of  visitors  is  suggested.  In  the  case  of  auspicious 
ceremonies,  the  headman  sends  an  invitation  to 
each  house,  but  for  matters  of  illness  or  death,  as 
for  general  meetings,  the  messengers  will  inform 
only  the  other  headmen,  and  leave  the  extent  of 
the  response  up  to  them.  A  headman  who  receives 
such  an  invitation  will  select  a  man  in  his  village 
who  is  related  to  the  dying  person,  and  that  man 
will  organize  a  group,  usually  including  the  head- 
man, that  will  make  the  visit  together.  It  is  then 
up  to  this  organizer  to  estimate  how  large  the  par- 
ty should  be,  on  the  basis  of  his  knowledge  of  the 
afflicted  family.  Invited  relatives  risk  dissension  if 
they  do  not  attend.  If  it  is  a  woman  who  is  dying, 
more  women  than  men  will  go.  whereas  if  it  is  a 
man,  the  group2  might  include  only  men.  A  hus- 
band and  wife  are  not  obliged  to  go  together  in 
these  visiting  groups,  but  there  should  be  at  least 
one  person  from  each  household  in  the  village. 
The  headman  does  not  compel  certain  people  to 
go,  but  once  the  group  has  been  selected,  he  calls 
them  together  to  send  them  off.  Men  in  such  a 


.\()/t:s 


1  This  message  is  not  sent  in  the  case  of  a  sick  person 
under  age  40 — and  people  might  not  come  anyway — 
because  there  is  a  good  chance  of  his  recovery,  and  it 
is  feared  that  the  impact  of  such  melancholy  visitors 
could  cause  heart  failure  in  a  weak  person.  When  no 
messages  are  sent,  only  members  of  the  sick  person's 
village  are  likely  to  visit  him. 

The  headman's  message  may  invite  a  party  to  visit 
but  may  perhaps  stipulate  that  they  should  not  bless  the 
invalid,  who  will  perceive  the  reason  and  then  worry  too 
much.  (Not  all  quarters  of  the  Nilgiri  Hills  made  use  of 
the  Toreya  men  in  this  way.) 


:  Reciprocity  enters  into  the  arrangement  of  these 
groups,  for  if  the  organizer  had  at  some  point  in  the  past 
refused  to  join  such  a  group,  he  might  now  find  that 
people  refuse  to  join  his  group.  Yet  they  tell  the  head- 
man why  they  arc  refusing,  and  so  he  levies  a  small  fine 
on  the  organizer,  pockets  the  money,  and  after  that,  those 
holding  back  agree  to  go  along. 


Preparation  for  a  Funeral 


party  visiting  a  sick  person  should  take  along 
some  milk,3  while  the  women  take  rice.  These 
contributions  are  pooled,  and  each  substance  is 
carried  in  a  single  container.  Apart  from  this,  the 
visitors  bring  no  gifts. 

Whether  or  not  they  bring  a  band  of  Kota  mu- 
sicians with  them,  visitors  from  other  villages  are 
not  honored  to  the  extent  that  they  would  be  at  a 
wedding,  during  which  a  Kota  band  is  brought 
some  distance  to  meet  them  and  to  accompany 
them  back  to  the  village.  For  a  funeral,  they  arrive 
in  the  yard  in  front  of  the  Great  House,  where 
their  sticks  and  umbrellas  are  taken  from  them.4 
On  reaching  this  other  village,  each  group  should 
first  be  greeted  by  its  headman.  In  earlier  times 
each  man  would  carry  an  umbrella  as  a  mark  of 
some  status,  and  this  would  be  taken  out  of  his 
hands  by  some  man  as  a  gesture  of  respect  and 
placed  on  one  side.  At  the  same  time,  men  take 
the  milk  from  male  visitors  and  women  take  the 
grain  from  female  visitors.  Once  these  marks  of 
respect  have  been  shown,  the  more  junior  per- 
sons bow  down  to  senior  persons,  who  put  their 
hands  on  the  foreheads  of  the  ones  leaning  for- 
ward and  say,  "Live  long  and  prosperously!" 
and  then,  "Live  for  a  century!"  (Rivers  1906: 
631,  Fig.  69).  In  this  context  a  senior  person  is 
a  priest  or  someone  of  an  older  generation,  or 
simply  a  man  or  woman  of  greater  age  than  the 
other  person. 

If  the  visiting  men  form  a  large  group,  they  sit 
on  the  grass  of  the  manda,  the  village's  council- 
place,  but  if  they  are  only  a  few,  they  will  sit  on 
mats  or  jute  sacking  on  the  veranda  of  the  house 
in  which  the  sick  person  lies.  They  are  then  given 
drinks  of  coffee  or  hot  milk.  The  women  in  the 
party  do  not  sit  out  in  the  open  air5  but  either  are 
invited  directly  into  the  outer  room  of  the  house 
or  sit  on  the  veranda. 

After  this  drink,  the  visitors  take  off  their  san- 
dals and  go  inside  to  see  the  sick  person,  who  lies 
usually  in  the  inner,  more  sacrosanct  room  (o.ga 
mane)  of  the  house — which  is  also  the  warmer 
one,  because  it  contains  a  hearth  (Hockings  1999: 
34-36).  If  space  permits,  the  men  eat  some  food 
there  later.  Women  visitors  can  also  enter  this 
room  to  bless  the  sick,  but  they  cannot  eat  or  even 
drink  water  there,  now  or  at  any  other  time.  The 
milk  brought  by  the  visitors,  all  mixed  together, 
is  offered  as  the  visitors  say,  "We  have  brought 
some  milk  and  you  must  take  a  little."  Even  if  he 
is  unconscious,6  a  little  of  the  milk  will  be  put 
into  the  sick  man's  mouth,  for  a  person  should  not 
die  while  holding  any  feelings  of  enmity  toward 


3  Formerly  the  women  would  bring  some  little  millet 
{sa:me,  or  Panicum  sumatrense),  now  hardly  grown. 


4  Toreyas  should  do  this  in  a  Gauda  village,  but  by 
1963  they  were  no  longer  willing  to  do  so.  However,  in 
Gauda  and  Ha:ruva  villages,  these  marks  of  respect 
might  still  be  shown  to  the  visitors  by  some  Toreyas  who 
are  acting  under  instructions  from  the  headman.  If  the 
group  is  small,  the  headman  invites  each  individual  by 
name,  saying  "Come  along!"  But  if  the  group  is  large, 
he  calls  them  as  a  group. 

Until  the  early  part  of  this  century,  there  was  a  rather 
more  complicated  gesture  of  greeting.  As  a  man  came 
toward  a  visitor  to  take  his  stick  or  umbrella  out  of  re- 
spect, the  latter  would  throw  it  on  the  ground  in  front 
of  him.  Then,  as  the  villager  bent  down  to  pick  it  up, 
the  visitor,  with  both  hands  unencumbered,  could  touch 
the  man's  forehead  and  bless  him  before  he  had  a  chance 
to  do  the  same.  It  is  not  so  good  to  bless  with  one  hand; 
greater  sincerity  is  shown  by  using  both.  By  the  1960s 
this  elaborate  form  of  greeting  was  going  out  of  fashion. 


5  This  restriction  does  not  apply  to  immature  young 
girls. 


6  If  he  is  unconscious,  then  another  man  utters  the 
blessings. 


Chapter  One 


anyone  in  other  villages,  and  taking  some  of  their 
milk  signifies  there  are  no  bad  feelings.  Then  the 
visitors  who  are  senior  to  the  invalid  bless  him  or 
her  while  touching  his  or  her  head,  while  those 
who  are  junior  fall  down  and  touch  their  heads  to 
the  sick  person's  feet  as  he  or  she,  if  conscious, 
blesses  them  (without  moving). 

While  in  the  sick  person's  village,  the  visitors7 
must  be  fed.  This  meal  is  cooked  on  the  yard 
(ke.ri)  in  front  of  a  house  by  some  young  men. 
Women,  who  are  the  usual  cooks  at  home,  may 
not  help  in  this  task,  except  to  carry  the  water  and 
firewood.  Once  the  meal  is  cooked,  the  visitors 
carry  the  food  into  various  houses  to  eat. 

After  eating  and  staying  a  few  hours,  all  of  the 
visitors  leave  except  for  the  close  relatives  among 
them.  They  remain  there  until  death  occurs.  Every 
night  until  the  person  dies,  the  villagers  make  a 
lot  of  noise,  chiefly  by  singing  long  epic  ballads 
accompanied  by  a  flute.8  The  singing,  though 
common,  is  not  compulsory  and  is  certainly  not  a 
ritual  requirement.  No  prayers  or  jokes  will  be 
contained  in  these  songs.  The  main  purpose  of  the 
singing,  apart  from  entertainment,  is  to  keep  the 
people  awake  through  the  night  as  they  tend  to 
the  sick,  for  Badagas  say  that  if  a  man  dies  un- 
cared  for,  it  means  he  has  no  relatives. 

The  household  watches  for  omens  of  death.  If 
anyone  dreams  about  buffaloes,  it  means  that 
death  is  coming  to  the  village  in  the  near  future, 
for  in  Hinduism,  the  god  Hema  or  Yeman  is 
thought  to  come  riding  on  a  buffalo  when  he  las- 
sos the  soul  of  a  pure  man.  He  cannot  be  seen  by 
mortals,  yet  dogs  can  see  him,  so  if  the  village 
dogs  start  howling,  it  can  mean  that  Hema  is  near- 
by. If  a  younger  person  in  the  house  is  very  ill 
when  his  old  parents  hear  a  dog  howl,  one  of  them 
may  pray  that  God  let  the  child  recover  and  take 
the  parent's  life  instead.  Some  believe  that  such  a 
prayer  is  sometimes  granted. 

When  the  person  seems  to  be  in  the  throes  of 
death,  a  tiny  old  gold  coin  (a  Vi.rara.ya  hand)  or 
silver  25-paise  piece  covered  with  butter  or 
dipped  in  clarified  butter  used  to  be  put  in  the 
mouth,  to  be  swallowed  if  possible,  or  otherwise 
just  remaining  on  the  tongue.  The  butter  is  to  give 
sustenance  on  the  long  final  journey  (Schad  1911: 
2).  Some  dying  people  eagerly  asked  for  the  im- 
portant coin  (Rhiem  1900:  505;  Thurston  and 
Rangachari  1909,  I:  111).  Failing  that,  in  earlier 
centuries,  it  was  tied  in  a  cloth  to  the  arm  or  put 
in  the  mouth  just  after  death;  sometimes  even  two 
coins  were  swallowed  (Harkness  1832:  131,  note; 
Morike    1849:    102;   Natesa   Sastri    1892:    833; 


7  If  the  afflicted  family  is  very  poor,  this  could  be  a 
burdensome  expense  for  them,  so  the  family's  headman 
will  call  a  meeting  beforehand,  during  which  he  decides 
how  much  each  household  should  contribute  (in  money 
and  firewood)  toward  this  meal.  If  the  headman  is 
wealthy,  he  may  supply  the  meals  himself. 

The  cooking  may  be  done  on  any  front  yard  except 
that  which  lies  in  front  of  the  Great  House,  which  will 
be  required  for  other  ritual  activities  and  which  would 
be  polluted  by  the  presence  of  the  corpse.  If  priests  arc 
among  the  visitors,  their  food  must  be  prepared  in  sep- 
arate pots  by  men  only,  within  a  purified  place  such  as 
the  Great  House,  and  it  must  be  served  to  them  imme- 
diately afterwards.  For  other  visitors,  the  rice  may  have 
been  prepared  beforehand  and  kept  ready  in  a  heap. 
Only  men  serve  the  visitors,  and  no  priest  can  be  served 
from  a  pot  from  which  anyone  else,  even  another  priest, 
has  been  served,  unless  several  priests  can  be  served 
simultaneously  from  the  same  pot.  Priests  may  eat  when 
visiting  the  sick  but  not  during  a  funeral,  because  it  is 
polluting. 

Feeding  of  visitors  (except  priests)  also  occurs  follow- 
ing a  death  (see  below).  In  the  same  way,  if  the  bereaved 
family  is  too  poor  to  meet  the  expense,  the  headman 
will  cover  it  by  taking  a  levy  from  each  household.  In 
a  case  such  as  this,  he  will  try  to  keep  the  costs  low. 

8  The  Badaga  cane  flute  (buguri),  with  a  range  of  two 
octaves,  is  made  by  a  Toda  friend.  Women  sometimes 
sing  on  these  occasions.  For  an  examination  of  epic  po- 
etry, see  Hockings  (1997). 


Preparation  for  a  Funeral 


Thurston  and  Rangachari  1909.  1:  110).  The  coin 
is  considered  to  be  a  fee  for  the  guardian  of  the 
bridge  that  the  soul  must  cross  (Gover  1871:  66). 
If  the  coin  is  still  put  in  the  mouth  by  a  family, 
then  it  must  be  placed  there  before  the  corpse 
leaves  the  house.9 


Preparation  for  the  Ceremony 

As  soon  as  life  is  extinguished,  drops  of  milk  and 
butter  are  put  into  the  mouth  of  the  corpse:  this 
constitutes  permission  from  the  relatives  for  the 
soul  to  depart.  They  also  put  a  few  grains  of  fox- 
tail millet  (Setaria  italica)  with  water  into  the 
mouth.  These  people  must  be  ready  to  close  the 
eyes  of  the  dead  and  to  straighten  out  the  arms 
and  legs.  If  Lingayat,  they  must  cross  the  arms  on 
the  chest,  close  the  mouth  and  eyes,  and  cross  the 
legs  in  a  sitting  position — a  posture  of  prayer — 
before  rigor  mortis  ensues  (Figs,  la  and  b).  The 
women  do  none  of  these  things  but  rather  begin 
wailing,  shedding  tears,  and  beating  their  breasts. 
They  may  also  sing  impromptu  songs  about  the 
departed.10 

Immediately,  the  headman  is  summoned  and 
is  offered  a  seat  at  the  threshold.  There  the  clos- 
est relative  of  the  deceased  says  to  him,  "This 
corpse  is  for  you."  With  that,  the  headman  be- 
comes responsible  for  the  conduct  of  the  funeral, 
which  is  thus  a  communal  and  not  a  family  affair. 
He  talks  with  prominent  villagers  and  decides 
how  the  funeral  will  be  conducted,  especially 
whether  it  will  be  held  on  the  morrow  or  the  day 
after.  This  depends  on  how  far  away  the  furthest 
relatives  live,  for  before  the  days  of  buses,  all 
relatives  had  to  walk  to  the  event.  In  remote  vil- 
lages, a  funeral  might  even  be  delayed  three  or 
four  days.  Much-improved  bus  and  taxi  trans- 
portation today  makes  it  possible  to  conclude  the 
funeral  on  the  day  following  death.  The  number 
of  villages  to  be  informed  of  the  event  is  now 
decided  according  to  the  amount  of  resources  the 
bereaved  family  has  available  (for  feeding  the 
likely  guests). 

The  headman  sends  out  groups  of  two  or  three 
messengers,  each  group  going  to  several  villages 
in  one  general  area,  to  give  news  of  the  death  and 
invite  people  to  the  funeral.  It  is  not  compulsory 
for  every  Badaga  village  in  the  Nilgiris  to  be  no- 
tified unless  the  dead  man  was  very  important. 
The  men  go  as  a  group  because,  at  least  in  former 
times,  individuals  were  afraid  of  Kurumba  sorcery 


9  Today  only  a  small  minority  of  people  follow  the 
custom,  since  there  have  been  too  many  cases  of  a  per- 
son swallowing  the  coin  and  then  recovering.  The  coin 
was  originally  a  gold  hana  (or  Canteroy  fanam;  Yule 
and  Burnell  1903:  157-58)  of  about  Vi-inch  diameter, 
from  the  reign  of  Kanthirava  Narsa  Raja  of  Mysore, 
1638-1659  (Belli  Gow'der  1923-1941:  7).  Today  the 
coin  would  be  made  of  silver,  not  copper  or  gold. 

Kotas  have  the  same  custom  of  placing  a  hana  in  the 
mouth  (Jagor  1914:  63). 


10  When  a  headman  dies,  a  respected  male  member  of 
his  family  will  take  charge  of  the  funeral.  After  a  week 
or  so  a  new  headman  will  be  chosen  from  the  same 
family,  and  usually  he  is  the  dead  man's  son.  The  head- 
man's assistant  (gaundike)  does  not  become  headman. 
Similarly,  a  dead  assistant  to  a  headman  will  be  replaced 
by  another  male,  generally  one  from  his  family. 

If  the  man  who  died  was  someone  of  importance,  in- 
vitations will  be  given  to  all  of  the  Badaga  phratries 
living  nearby.  For  someone  like  a  commune  headman 
(u:r  gauda),  Badagas  will  be  invited  from  all  villages, 
since  everyone  knew  him  and  quarrels  might  develop  if 
certain  villages  are  not  invited.  On  the  other  hand,  no 
one  is  ever  invited  from  a  village  in  which  an  epidemic 
is  present. 

If  a  man  is  ill,  the  headman  will  relieve  him  of  mes- 
senger duty  on  this  occasion  but  will  ask  him  to  assume 
this  duty  at  a  later  one.  But  if  a  man  simply  cannot  go 
because  of  a  conflicting  engagement,  then  it  is  he  and 
not  the  headman  who  must  find  a  substitute,  either  by 
paying  that  person  or  by  agreeing  to  take  up  the  duty 
whenever  it  is  the  substitute's  turn. 

If  a  person  dies  outside  his  hamlet  (hatti),  the  corpse 
can  be  carried  back  to  the  hamlet  from  elsewhere  in  the 
same  commune  (u:r),  but  if  he  dies  beyond  the  com- 
mune boundaries,  it  can  never  be  brought  back.  In  such 
a  case  the  corpse  is  burnt  or  buried  at  the  proper  place 
in  the  hamlet  in  which  the  person  died  (this  is  called 
ka:du  sa:vu,  forest  funeral)  or  else  is  disposed  of  at  the 
main  grounds  of  the  commune  to  which  that  particular 
hamlet  belongs.  In  all  such  cases,  and  also  in  the  burial 
of  an  infant,  in  which  no  rituals  are  performed,  people 
come  to  the  household  later  to  express  their  condolences. 

The  relatives,  however,  bring  back  a  handful  of  earth 
from  that  cremation  or  burial  ground  and  later  use  it  in 


Chapter  One 


when  traveling  alone  beyond  their  village  bound- 
ary. Close  relatives  of  the  deceased  are  not  chosen 
to  be  messengers,  nor  is  the  job  now  confined  to 
Toreya  servants  of  the  headman  (who  received  a 
small  fee  for  each  job  they  did;  Thurston  1906: 
190).  The  headman  usually  works  along  each  line 
of  houses  in  selecting  appropriate  messengers  on 
these  occasions.  He  keeps  a  record  of  who  is  sent 
where,  so  that  the  next  time  he  has  to  send  mes- 
sengers on  a  similar  task,  he  can  quickly  decide 
who  should  go  to  which  place:  those  who  did  not 
go  on  the  previous  occasion  will  go  the  next  time, 
those  who  went  for  long  distances  before  will  next 
just  go  short  distances,  and  so  on.  If  a  household 
contains  several  male  adults,  the  headman  may 
select  several  messengers,  while  a  house  with 
only  one  adult  male  will  be  expected  to  send  one 
messenger.  Money  to  help  meet  the  communal 
costs  of  a  funeral,  on  the  other  hand,  is  levied  in 
equal  amounts  from  each  household,  regardless  of 
how  many  members  it  has. 

Close  relatives  will  already  know  that  the  per- 
son has  been  sick,  and  so  may  have  made  some 
preparations  for  the  funeral  beforehand."  In  par- 
ticular, the  natal  village  of  a  new  widow  has  to 
make  certain  preparations;  and  so,  if  her  village 
is  at  a  considerable  distance,  relatives  at  the  dead 
man's  bedside  will  go  straightaway  to  her  village 
with  the  news.  The  spouse,  parent,  or  son  of  the 
deceased  is  polluted  immediately  on  hearing  of 
the  death,  even  if  this  relative  is  not  then  in  the 
house  where  the  death  occurred,  and  such  a  per- 
son cannot  then  participate  in  some  wedding  or 
festival  that  is  about  to  begin.  The  village  head- 
man, the  gau4a,  will  serve  as  the  chief  mourner 
(since  this  is  to  be  a  communal  ceremony  rather 
than  a  family  one),  and  all  other  male  participants 
will  express  their  condolences  to  him.  He  has  a 
cloth  draped  loosely  over  the  head  and  sits  on  the 
bank  in  front  of  the  house  while  the  men  come  to 
him.  All  women  who  attend  touch  heads  with  a 
close  female  relative  of  the  dead,  who  sits  nearby 
on  the  veranda. 

For  an  adult's  funeral,  the  hamlet  headman  will 
invite  anyone  he  wants  to,  but  generally  the  in- 
vited will  only  be  people  from  his  own  locality 
{na.du,  one  of  the  four  quarters  of  the  Nilgiri  Pla- 
teau) and  from  those  Badaga  villages  with  which 
his  village  has  affinal  ties.  A  Toreya  "village  ser- 
vant" (u:r  Toreya),  but  not  his  family,  may  be 
invited  to  a  funeral  of  any  phratry:  he  will  shave 
his  head  after  the  funeral  of  a  Gauda  phratry 
member.  If  he  goes  to  announce  the  death  in  other 
hamlets,  it  is  because  of  a  fiction  that  he  is  the 


a  "dry  funeral."  For  this  ceremony  the  earth  is  tied  in 
a  cloth  to  the  neck  of  a  walking  stick,  and  all  the  usual 
funerary  rituals  are  then  performed  on  the  stick.  If  a 
person  is  eaten  by  a  tiger,  carried  away  in  a  flood,  buried 
by  government  authorization  after  an  autopsy,  or  burned 
as  a  plague  victim  (such  that  no  corpse  remains),  the 
rituals  can  be  performed  over  some  object  that  the  de- 
ceased was  fond  of  or  over  a  walking  stick,  in  the  case 
of  a  man.  or  a  headband,  in  the  case  of  a  woman.  And 
in  earlier  times,  if  a  man  disappeared,  his  relatives  would 
wait  12  years  to  see  if  he  might  return.  After  that  they 
held  the  dry  funeral  using  a  stick  in  place  of  the  corpse. 
(Should  he  return,  he  was  isolated  from  the  community 
until  a  ritual  of  reinstatement  had  been  performed.) 

Following  an  epidemic  during  which  many  bodies  may 
have  been  buried  without  ceremony,  a  communal  disposal 
of  walking  sticks  to  which  earth  has  been  tied  will  occur. 
All  will  be  placed  on  a  single  cot.  then  each  family  will 
do  the  obsequies  for  its  particular  members),  and  after- 
ward a  joint  grain-placing  ceremony  is  performed  at  the 
Funeral  Grassland.  Any  affines  among  the  dead  are  rep- 
resented by  sticks  laid  on  a  separate  cot.  and  these  receive 
a  separate  grain-placing  ceremony.  Those  sticks  repre- 
senting the  dead  wives  of  affines  also  go  on  the  affines* 
cot.  As  the  cot  stands  in  the  yard  of  the  Great  House  its 
head  is  oriented  toward  the  west,  and  the  sticks  lie  parallel 
to  each  other  with  their  handles  toward  the  west.  They  lie 
in  order  of  generational  level  of  the  dead,  with  the  sen- 
iormost  to  the  south  and  the  juniormost  to  the  north.  With- 
in each  generational  level  they  arc  ranked  according  to 
actual  age  but  are  not  separated  by  sex.  This  is  relevant 
to  those  who  will  later  be  dropping  grain  on  the  sticks. 
Finally,  depending  on  the  custom  of  the  phratry,  all  the 
sticks  will  be  burned  on  one  pyre  or  else  will  be  buried 
in  a  pit.  If  buried,  as  is  the  commoner  practice  now,  sticks 
for  the  oldest  generation  will  lie  to  the  east  and  those  of 
the  youngest  to  the  west  side  of  the  pit.  Within  each  gen- 
erational level  they  are  also  ranked  according  to  the  actual 
age  of  each  of  the  deceased. 

There  is  a  rare  custom  in  the  villages  of  Ke:ti  commune 
whereby  a  small  heap  of  leaves  has  to  be  thrown  on  the 
place  where  a  corpse  has  rested  while  on  the  way  back 
from  one  hamlet  to  its  home.  After  that,  any  other  pass- 
erby who  sees  this  heap  will  pluck  another  leaf  and  add 
it  to  the  pile.  The  leaves  are  of  hubbe,  with  six  distinct 
species  (Hockings  and  Pilot-Raichoor  1992:  5%). 

11  Affines  of  the  dead  must  make  an  offering,  called 
wlla.ii.  It  can  be  presented  at  any  time  right  up  to  the 
morning  after  the  korwnbu  ritual  (see  below,  pp.  58-60). 
For  dead  children,  the  gift  must  be  cash;  for  adults,  either 
cash  or  foodstuff,  generally  rice.  Traditionally,  the  mini- 
mum sum  for  a  dead  child  was  I  rupee  and  the  maximum 
price  was  10  rupees;  for  adults,  the  minimum  was  5  ru- 
pees and  the  maximum  100.  or  else  an  offering  ranging 
from  one-half  to  two  bags  of  rice  was  made.  A  wealthy 
donor  might  give  bags  of  beans  or  dhall  (legumes)  in- 
stead. But  the  tella.fi  is  not  really  an  outright  gift,  and 
records  are  kept  of  what  is  given  by  everybody;  these 
offerings  will  have  to  be  returned  at  some  later  funeral. 

If  a  baby  dies  before  it  is  named  (on  the  40th  day), 
the  body  is  treated  like  the  afterbirth  and  is  buried  in  the 
usual  place  without  ceremony.  If  someone  is  prompted 
to  ask  the  mournful  family  "Who  died?",  the  answer 
must  be  "Nobody."  In  effect,  an  unnamed  baby  is  not 


Preparation  for  a  Funeral 


"eldest  son"  of  the  deceased  (who  would  indeed 
have  addressed  him  archaically  as  ida  mane  ma.ti, 
"outer-room  son").  Other  Toreyas  do  not  gener- 
ally attend,  nor  would  he  want  them  to,  lest  they 
get  a  share  of  what  he  is  to  be  given.  This  tradi- 
tionally amounted  to  5  rupees,  7  liters  of  grain, 
and  some  of  the  cloths  from  the  canopy  on  the 
yard  of  the  Great  House  or,  alternatively,  from  the 
catafalque.12  Toda  and  Kurumba  tribal  associates 
of  the  bereaved  family  are  not  required  to  attend, 
but  the  Kota  associate  (muttu  Ko.ta)  must  be  pre- 
sent,13 because  he  should  supply  music;  at  least 
he  did  so  up  until  1930.  Nonetheless,  at  the  fu- 
nerals of  important  men,  some  Todas  are  also  in- 
vited to  attend.  If  they  do  so,  they  bring  an  em- 
broidered shawl,  a  walking  stick,  and  a  bamboo 
milk  container  or  other  vessel,  all  of  which  they 
have  made  themselves  (the  embroidery  being 
done  by  their  womenfolk).  There  is  no  particular 
ceremony  when  the  Todas  arrive,  and  there  is  no 
ritual  requirement  that  they  must  perform.14  Their 
gifts  are  simply  taken  by  some  villagers  and 
placed  under  the  cot. 

Because  of  the  aforementioned  threat  of  sor- 
cery (not  to  speak  of  tigers  in  earlier  times),  the 
messengers  leave  only  after  dawn  the  next  day, 
even  if  the  deceased  died  1 2  or  more  hours  earlier. 
When  they  enter  another  commune  with  the  news, 
they  must  go  straight  to  the  commune  headman 
(u:r  gauda)  and  tell  him.  In  the  case  of  the  con- 
stituent hamlets  ihatti),  on  the  other  hand,  it  is 
sufficient  if  a  messenger  stands  on  a  nearby  hill- 
top and  shouts  the  news,  unless  it  is  already  even- 
ing, in  which  case  he  will  have  to  go  into  the 
hamlet  because  people  inside  their  houses,  with 
the  doors  shut,  would  not  hear  him  shouting  from 
afar.  No  matter  where  he  is  delivering  the  news, 
he  must  stand  with  his  turban  under  the  left  arm 
while  he  is  doing  so. 

A  major  factional  dispute  that  arose  around 
1930  between  reformists  and  traditionalists  cen- 
tered on  the  propriety  of  dancing  at  a  funeral, 
and  thus  of  having  a  Kota  band  play  music 
(Hockings  1980:  220). I5  Since  that  period,  most 
Badaga  families  have  abandoned  the  practice  of 
inviting  a  Kota  band,  and  indeed,  Kotas  today 
usually  have  something  better  to  do  with  their 
time.  Traditionally,  though  (as  described  below), 
it  was  a  ritual  requirement  that  some  Kotas  play 
music  at  every  Badaga  funeral  or  memorial  cer- 
emony, and  the  tradition  is  still  sometimes  ob- 
served by  a  more  conservative  family  in  certain 
villages.  Accordingly,  the  headman  of  the  be- 
reaved village  would  send  two  men  to  invite  the 


a  social  being.  Older  children,  on  the  other  hand,  who 
died  in  the  19th  century  were  given  a  crude  catafalque 
and  most  of  the  funeral  ritual  (Birch  1838:  104-5). 


12  A  century  ago,  the  Toreyas  were  reported  to  touch 
the  feet  of  a  corpse  of  a  higher  phratry  and  then  to  "wor- 
ship" it  (Natesa  Sastri  1892:  834). 

13  If  there  has  been  a  quarrel,  the  headman  will  send 
two  of  the  most  prominent  men  of  his  village  to  tell  the 
Kota  associate,  should  he  refuse  to  come,  that  they  will 
assume  the  responsibility  for  settling  the  issue.  If  Kotas 
cannot  play  because,  for  example,  there  is  smallpox  in 
their  villages,  then  the  Badaga  has  to  get  permission 
from  the  Kota  headman  before  inviting  a  Kurumba  or 
Irula  band  instead. 

Well-to-do  Badagas  living  near  a  boundary  between 
divisions  (na.du)  may  have  two  Kota  associates,  one  in 
each  region.  Tanga:du,  a  Ha:ruva  village  in  such  a  sit- 
uation, had  some  20-30  households  that  traditionally 
had  two  Kota  associates  each. 

It  is  said  that  the  cost  of  bringing  a  Kota  band  from 
another  division  could  be  triple  what  it  would  be  in  one's 
own  locality  because  of  the  longer  journey.  A  person  in 
the  bereaved  village  may  therefore  tell  his  relative  in 
another  locality,  "I'll  arrange  a  Kota  band  for  you  here, 
and  you  need  not  bring  one."  Such  an  arrangement 
would  in  fact  mean  that  the  headman  would  engage  the 
Kota  band  and  that  the  visitor  from  the  other  division 
would  meet  the  costs.  This  is  why,  when  a  man  in  a 
distant  village  hears  about  the  funeral,  he  may  ask 
whether  he  can  engage  some  Kotas  nearby.  Of  course, 
he  must  make  such  arrangements  immediately. 

In  a  case  where,  as  often  happens,  the  same  Kota  is 
the  associate  to  several  of  the  dead  person's  kin,  his  band 
may  play  at  different  points  in  the  funeral  on  behalf  of 
different  relatives  of  the  dead — in  which  case  the  musi- 
cians are  paid  double.  Only  one  band  plays  at  a  time  when 
several  are  present.  The  associates  of  the  dead  person's 
brother's  daughter's  husband  and  brother's  wife's  father 
may  also  come,  but  their  presence  is  not  so  important. 

14  At  the  funeral  of  a  very  important  man,  however, 
during  the  19th  century — someone  like  a  divisional  head- 
man (pa.rpati) — such  a  large  crowd  of  people  would 
come  from  every  village  that  Todas  used  to  handle  the 
crowd  control  (Liitze  1887:  13-14).  At  one  such  funeral 
the  crowd  was  estimated  at  around  1 ,000,  or  about  7%  of 
the  entire  population  (Morike  1857:  59-60).  It  was  also 
reported  that  for  such  funerals,  animals  were  sacrificed  in 
the  Toda  manner.  Thus,  for  the  funeral  of  the  paramount 
chief  on  September  25,  1878,  "Many  oxen  were  sacri- 
ficed" (Anonymous  1879:  7).  In  early  times,  the  funeral 
of  an  important  man  was  also  marked  by  the  constructing 
of  a  chariot  with  wooden  wheels  (te:ru),  on  which  the 
corpse  and  catafalque  were  dragged  both  from  place  to 
place  for  the  various  rites  and,  ultimately,  to  the  cremation 
ground.  By  the  1930s,  if  a  Toda  or  a  Kurumba  associate 
were  to  attend  a  Badaga  funeral,  each  would  receive  4 
annas  (one-quarter  Rupee)  from  the  bereaved  family. 


Chapter  One 


Kotas,  but  before  doing  so,  he  would  ask  the  be- 
reaved family  whether  they  currently  had  any 
quarrel  with  their  Kota  associate.  If  not,  the  men 
would  go  in  search  of  him.  On  reaching  the  Kota 
village,  they  remove  their  turbans  and  put  them 
under  the  left  arm  so  that  it  is  immediately  evi- 
dent why  they  have  come.  They  stand  near  the 
sacred  stones  and  normally  just  tell  the  Kota 
headman  about  the  funeral.  He  says  "I  salute 
you,  grandfathers!"  and  the  others  reply,  "May 
you  become  great,  father!"  etc.  Once  the  details 
are  given,  their  work  is  finished.  Then  they  wait 
on  the  grass  there  (as  they  would  certainly  not 
enter  a  Kota  house  for  fear  of  pollution)  while 
the  headman  goes  around  telling  the  other  Kotas. 
The  associates  of  the  dead  man,  as  well  as  those 
of  his  daughter's  husband,  wife's  father,  sister's 
husband,  and  son's  wife's  father  (or  son's  wife's 
brother),  and,  for  a  dead  woman,  the  associates 
of  her  brothers — who  may  in  some  instances  be 
the  same  Kota  man — are  each  expected  to  bring 
a  set  of  musicians  as  a  ritual  requirement.  These 
are  called  "bag-of-rice  Kotas,"  and  they  would 
not  come  for  a  dead  child  under  the  age  of  12 
years.  Such  a  Badaga  might  collect  the  band  with 
his  associate  and  first  take  the  Kotas  to  his  own 
village  to  feed  them.  Then,  leading  a  horse16  or 
riding  on  it  while  carrying  a  bag  of  rice,  he 
would  in  former  times  proceed  to  the  bereaved 
village  with  the  Kota  band  ahead  (Thurston  and 
Rangachari  1909.  I:  113).  Without  such  a  gift  of 
grain,  his  arrival  would  be  thought  a  disgrace. 

When  the  two  messengers  return  home,  they 
will  generally  be  accompanied  by  another  set  of 
six  Kota  musicians,  each  playing  his  instrument. 
But  if  a  number  of  such  bands  have  been  called 
to  the  funeral,  there  may  be  less  than  the  full  com- 
plement of  six  in  each. 

When  the  Kotas  cross  the  Badaga  village 
boundary,  the  horn  bearer  and  one  frame  drum- 
mer sound  two  horns  several  times  to  indicate  that 
they  are  coming  to  the  funeral  (Fig.  5b).  Then,  as 
they  get  close  to  the  village,  they  begin  to  play  a 
lament,  which  continues  until  they  reach  the  be- 
reaved house  and  is  intended  to  show  that  they 
too  grieve.  At  the  beginning  of  each  row  of  front 
yards  (which  looks  like  a  street;  Hockings  1999, 
Pis.  8  and  14),  a  few  mourning  women  come  to 
meet  the  musicians.  They  hold  their  fingertips  to 
their  brows,  weep,  and  cry,  "O  Kota  friend,  our 
father  [mother]  is  dead!"  and  then  fling  them- 
selves at  the  feet  of  the  Kotas.  As  the  music  con- 
tinues, male  Badaga  mourners,  also  crying,  help 
the  women  up  and  lead  the  group  to  the  bereaved 


13  While  Wodeyas  still  had  the  Kota  music  at  some 
funerals  in  1963.  they  no  longer  danced  around  the 
corpse.  For  some  years  prior  to  that,  most  had  stopped 
the  music  altogether. 


16  Nobody  was  obliged  to  come  on  horseback,  al- 
though it  was  once  the  common  means  of  transportation 
for  better-off  Badaga  farmers.  Any  horse  brought  to  a 
funeral  would  be  left  to  graze  on  the  village  green  or  in 
some  other  public  place.  It  was  disrespectful  to  ride  a 
horse  onto  any  front  yard,  as  this  implied  that  the  rider 
was  superior  to  others  there,  nor  could  one  cross  the 
boundary  onto  a  funeral  ground  on  horseback. 


Preparation  for  a  Funeral 


house.  The  leading  Kota  bows  down  to  the  foot 
of  the  oldest  male  from  the  bereaved  household. 
Another  man  gets  a  cup  of  water  and  pours  it  into 
the  horns.  This  signifies  (according  to  the  Kota 
Sulli)  that  the  Badaga  is  prepared  to  make  the 
Kotas  happy — that  he  will,  in  a  sense,  fill  their 
horns.  The  players  shake  the  water  out  and  con- 
tinue. They  play  a  tune  signifying  "We  are  hap- 
py" and  then  a  "sorrowful"  tune  while  sitting  on 
the  veranda  for  perhaps  20  minutes,  then  they 
move  to  the  opposite  embankment  beside  the  yard 
and  play  there.  Meanwhile  some  women  are  pre- 
paring coffee  for  them.  The  Kotas  sit  talking  and 
drinking  on  the  embankment. 

Those  Kotas  who  come  with  the  son-in-law  of 
the  deceased  will  wait  just  outside  the  village  for 
the  daughter's  subsequent  arrival.  They  make  a 
fire  and  heat  their  drums  over  it.  If  it  is  raining, 
they  go  to  some  dry  place,  such  as  a  stable,  where 
they  can  build  a  small  fire  to  tighten  the  drums. 

The  Kotas  play  four  kinds  of  instruments:17  an 
oboe,  a  frame  drum  that  is  beaten  with  a  pair  of 
sticks,  a  barrel  drum  that  is  beaten  with  both 
hands,  and  a  brass  horn  (Fig.  2b).  The  complete 
band  includes  six  men,  and  the  Kota  associate  is 
the  seventh,  the  bandleader.  One  man  carries  the 
two  horns,  another  plays  the  barrel  drum,  and  the 
remainder  play  two  oboes  and  two  frame  drums. 
Any  Kota  musicians  coming  to  a  Badaga  funeral 
(and  no  other  Kotas  are  likely  to  be  invited)  are 
paid  a  fee,18  half  of  which  comes  from  the  Badaga 
inviting  them  and  half  of  which  comes  from  the 
bereaved  household.  More  well-to-do  Kotas  do 
not  like  to  go  because  they  may  have  to  play 
much  of  the  night  and  sleep  on  the  veranda.  Over 
half  a  century  ago,  when  the  practice  was  still  in 
full  operation,  poorer  Kotas  would  seize  the  op- 
portunity to  play,  because  they  might  be  fed  for 
two  or  three  days  as  well  as  receive  measures  of 
flour  and  a  half-rupee  each. 

Another  group  of  messengers,  consisting  of  two 
to  five  experienced  men,  go  to  a  bazaar,  normally 
in  the  towns  of  Ootacamund,  Coonoor,  or  Kota- 
giri,  to  purchase  certain  requisites.  These  would 
include  flowers,  rice,  salt,  chilies,  and  new  cloth 
with  which  to  decorate  the  traditional  catafalque. 
The  men  use  cash  taken  from  the  dead  person's 
household. 

While  waiting  for  the  visitors  to  arrive,  some 
Kota  and  Badaga  men  construct  a  catafalque 
(gudikat/gudikattu),  a  framework  of  poles  deco- 
rated with  lengths  of  cloth  (Fig.  7a).  It  is  thought 
that  the  catafalque  custom  was  adopted  from  the 
Kota  tribe  in  early  times.  In  villages  with  Toreyas, 


17  On  other  occasions  Kotas  play  two  other  instru- 
ments, cymbals  and  a  bass  drum.  Much  of  my  infor- 
mation on  Kota  musicians  comes  from  Mandelbaum's 
interview  with  Sulli  on  May  28-29,  1937  (cf.  his  1937 
Fieldnotes).  See  Breeks  (1873:  PI.  18)  or  Hockings 
(1980:  PI.  6)  for  illustrations  of  Kota  musicians. 


18  If  the  bereaved  family  is  rich,  the  musicians  are  paid 
in  advance,  whereas  if  they  are  poor,  the  Kotas  may  be 
paid  on  the  day  of  the  milk-pouring  ritual.  The  money 
is  given  to  the  Kota  associate,  who  does  not  play  but 
who  distributes  the  money  among  the  band. 

When  coming  to  a  Badaga  wedding,  the  Kota  band  is 
paid  two-thirds  of  its  fee  by  the  person  bringing  them 
to  play  and  one-third  by  the  groom's  household. 


Chapter  One 


it  was  their  task  traditionally  to  make  the  cata- 
falque (Natesa  Sastri  1892:  834).  Depending  on 
the  wealth  of  the  bereaved  family,  it  could  have 
one,  three,  five,  or  even  seven  tiers  (certainly  not 
an  even  number). '^  Early  in  this  century  it  was 
noted  that  "By  the  poorer  members  of  the  com- 
munity the  [catafalque]  is  replaced  by  a  cot  cov- 
ered with  cloth,  and  surmounted  by  five  umbrel- 
las" (Thurston  and  Rangachari  1909,  I:  112;  this 
has  become  standard  today:  Fig.  6b).  Each  tier  is 
called  ko:l/ko:lu  (stick)  and  is  made  on  a  frame- 
work of  eight  sticks,  two  more  sticks  being 
crossed  to  form  the  base,  the  whole  supported  by 
four  poles  standing  at  the  corners  with,  at  the  cen- 
ter of  the  structure,  a  long  pole  protruding  from 
the  top.20  To  this,  one  or  more  umbrellas  are  tied, 
their  number  suggesting  the  relative  wealth  of  the 
deceased.  No  stick  in  the  catafalque  can  have  its 
ends  bare  but  rather  must  have  a  pennant  tied  to 
the  end,  and  others  may  be  tied  along  its  length 
(Thurston  1906:  frontis.;  Thurston  and  Rangachari 
1909,  I:  119,  Plate;  Hockings  1980:  PI.  13).  The 
cloth  brought  by  grandchildren  of  the  deceased  is 
used  in  this  manner.  One  catafalque  erected  in 
1887  for  the  dead  divisional  headman  had  cloth 
of  red,  blue,  violet,  and  white  material  (Liitze 
1887:  13-14;  his  descendant  can  be  seen  dancing 
in  Fig.  3b,  this  book). 

Inside  the  top  tier  and  underneath  the  umbrel- 
la(s)  is  a  large  ball  of  hay  that  is  covered  with 
cloth  (kirimaguda),  about  two  feet  in  diameter. 
Without  it  the  structure  is  not  a  proper  catafalque, 
and  it  is  then  Called  a  gu.da.ra,  which  is  normally 
just  a  canopy  one  tier  high.  This  latter  may  be 
constructed  at  the  Great  House,  in  a  case  where 
Kotas  are  not  brought  to  a  funeral,  and  is  taken 
to  be  a  rather  shameful  mark  of  poverty  in  the 
family.21 

The  basis  of  the  simplest  structure,  the  gu.da.ra, 
is  the  four  corner  poles  and  the  central  one,  which 
are  usually  cut  nearby,  but  a  wealthy  family  may 
send  for  some  bamboo  poles  from  the  plains,  as 
they  are  both  strong  and  light.  The  structure  has 
to  be  portable,  for  it  will  go  to  the  funeral 
ground.22 

At  the  end  of  each  funeral,  all  of  the  cloths  and 
at  least  one  pennant  from  each  tier  should  be  giv- 
en to  the  Kota  associate.  Umbrellas,  however, 
which  are  generally  a  mark  of  some  status,  are 
not  given  to  him.  Thus,  when  the  catafalque  is  to 
be  burned,  the  cloths  and  umbrellas  are  removed 
from  it  beforehand.  A  catafalque  built  for  a  dead 
woman  may  be  hung  with  household  utensils,  "as 
for  example  a  rice  winnow,  baskets  filled  with 


19  Seven  was  usual  for  the  munevale,  or  memorial  cer- 
emony, but  Tignous  reported  on  one  of  1 1  tiers  that  was 
50-60  feet  high  (1912:  155).  Eleven  was  the  greatest 
possible  number  of  tiers,  although  it  would  really  be  two 
stacks  of  three  tiers  on  either  side  of  a  central  stack 
having  five  tiers. 


20  The  construction  of  a  catafalque  is  hedged  in  by 
detailed  rules  about  its  framework,  though  not  about  the 
material  (see  Fig.  7a).  This  is  because  the  catafalque  has 
to  be  stable  and  to  withstand  winds,  yet  it  cannot  be  set 
into  the  ground  because  it  must  be  movable. 

One  umbrella,  about  4  feet  in  diameter,  will  be  bigger 
than  the  others,  and  it  is  called  bu.sakara  kode  (guard- 
ing-the-whole-world  umbrella).  Above  this  may  be  a 
normal-sized  umbrella,  then  a  smaller  lady's  one,  then  a 
small  silver  one.  and  then  a  tiny  gold  one.  This  is  not 
necessary  with  an  incomplete  catafalque,  called  gu.da.ra 
(Figs.  6a  and  b;  see  below). 

Kotas  have  catafalques  for  their  own  funerals  and 
burn  them  together  with  the  corpse  and  the  cot  (Jagor 
1914:  63). 


21  In  the  1960s  and  more  recently  still,  the  more  elab- 
orate catafalque  was  being  constructed  for  the  funerals 
of  very  wealthy  men  of  both  the  "music"  and  "non- 
music"  factions:  this  amounted  to  less  than  a  20th  of  all 
funerals.  Depending  on  the  cloth  chosen — usually  cot- 
ton, but  occasionally  some  silk  too.  for  the  pennants — 
the  cost  of  each  tier  ranged  from  100  to  200  rupees  in 
1970.  The  gu.da.ra  I  saw  was  a  single-tier,  pyramidal 
canopy;  I  have  never  seen  a  gudikat,  and  they  have  been 
very  rare  in  the  past  40  years. 

22  Long  ago,  a  really  wealthy  family  might  have  used 
sandalwood,  obtained  some  time  before,  and  would  have 
allowed  this  to  be  burned  later  with  the  corpse.  Ha:ruvas 
and  Torcyas  burn  the  catafalque  with  the  corpse  but  keep 
the  cot.  Gaudas  in  the  past  burned  the  cot  too,  but  now- 
adays there  is  usually  a  communal  cot  for  the  entire 
village,  and  so  it  has  to  be  returned  to  the  Great  House. 
Wodeyas  and  other  Lingayats  always  bury  their  dead 
and  generally  keep  the  poles  for  re-use  at  another  fu- 


Preparation  for  a  Funeral 


grain,  coconut  spoons,  bamboo  milk  containers, 
gourds  and  a  new  rice  pounder"  (Jagor  1914:  43, 
trans.).  A  youth's  catafalque  was  "topped  with  a 
red  flag  and  covered  on  all  sides  with  candy, 
baked  goods,  fruits  and  other  things  like  these" 
(Schad  1911:  3,  trans.). 


neral,  when  they  will  be  covered  with  new  colored 
cloths.  Thus  any  Lingayat  family  needing  these  poles  is 
simply  given  them,  without  any  payment  being  made. 


10 


Chapter  One 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


Display  of  the  Corpse 

No  one  in  the  village  works  on  the  day  of  a  funeral 
so  that  all  can  participate  in  it.  When  the  corpse  is 
ready  to  be  taken  out  of  the  house,  the  Kotas  (if 
present)  play  the  taking-from-the-house  music,  and 
a  cot  is  brought  to  the  front  yard1  from  any  other 
house.  The  corpse  is  carried  outside  by  several  men 
and  is  placed  on  the  cot:  it  must  be  in  the  family's 
own  front  yard,  and  this  must  occur  between  sun- 
rise and  sunset.  Women  fall  down  and  wail.  The 
Kotas  give  one  sounding  of  the  horn  as  the  corpse 
is  lifted  and  another  as  it  is  placed  on  the  cot.  The 
corpse  is  tied  to  the  cot  and  a  handbell  is  placed 
alongside  it  (see  below,  pp.  15-16). 

If  the  dead  person  is  male,  his  household  gives 
the  corpse  new  clothes,  whereas  if  the  deceased 
is  female,  the  father,  brother,  or  a  more  distant 
relative  of  the  woman  gives  a  new  loincloth,  up- 
per cloth,  head  cover,  and  turban.  - 

There  are  several  other  articles  that  must  be 
given  to  a  corpse.  All  of  them,  like  the  loincloth, 
were  traditionally  supplied  by  the  regional  Chetti 
trader  (nattu  kottu  Setti;  Hockings  1980:  143-45) 
and  are  generally  kept  ready  in  a  house.  If  not 
available  when  suddenly  needed,  the  items  can 
usually  be  borrowed  from  another  household  for 
a  funeral. 

Thus,  any  man,  even  if  he  is  very  poor,  must 
provide  a  piece  of  cloth  for  his  sister's  corpse.  If 
there  is  no  brother,  her  father  or  other  men  from 
her  natal  village  should  offer  the  corpse  the  col- 
ored cloth  (e.banna;  Hockings  1979:  158).  No  af- 
fine  may  see  the  face  of  the  corpse  before  this 


.xon.s 


1  If  the  person  died  on  a  Friday  and  the  corpse  is  to 
be  removed  on  Saturday,  the  latter  is  a  very  unlucky 
day,  and  so  the  corpse  will  require  some  "company" 
when  it  leaves  the  house.  This  will  simply  consist  of  a 
walking  stick  for  a  male  corpse  or  a  wooden  door  bolt 
for  a  female,  which  is  laid  on  the  cot.  It  is  said  that  if 
this  rite  is  neglected,  there  will  be  another  death  in  the 
same  house  before  the  korumbu  ritual  in  the  following 
week.  The  Badaga  antiquarian  M.K.  Belli  Gowdcr  stated 
that  this  rite  should  be  observed  on  all  the  four  inaus- 
picious days  of  a  week,  namely  Tuesday,  Thursday.  Sat- 
urday, and  Sunday  (Belli  Gowder  1923-1941:  7;  1938- 
1941 :  8).  but  another  source  said  that  no  disposal  should 
occur  on  Thursdays,  and  the  saying  I  have  recorded  on 
the  matter  only  refers  to  supplying  a  bolt  on  Saturday 
(Hockings  1988:  187.  no.  249). 

If  the  corpse  is  not  to  be  disposed  of  on  the  day  fol- 
lowing death  but  on  a  later  day,  then  it  will  be  removed 
for  the  night  to  the  veranda  of  the  Great  House  (dodda 
mane).  The  catafalque  remains  in  the  front  yard,  and  in- 
deed, people  will  continue  dancing  around  it  at  night. 
Meanwhile,  the  Kota  musicians  have  to  sleep  on  the  ve- 
randa of  the  bereaved  house,  whereas  the  Badagas  sleep 
in  their  homes.  The  location  of  the  corpse  is  identical  in 
every  funeral:  at  the  sa.vu  ke.ri,  funeral  work-space. 

The  Great  House  is  not  the  headman's  house  but  rather 
that  of  the  founder  of  the  hamlet.  It  has  quasi-lemplc  sta- 
tus and  is  the  home  of  some  of  the  founder's  descendants. 

2  If  a  woman  has  only  one  brother  and  he  is  dying,  or 
if  her  elder  brother  is  dying  but  it  is  likely  that  her  other 
brothers  will  not  respect  her  properly  at  her  funeral  be- 
cause they  have  quarreled,  then  the  dying  man  may  give 
his  healthy  sister  this  piece  of  cloth  in  readiness  for  her 
funeral.  She  may  have  to  keep  it  for  years  afterward, 
but  she  cannot  use  it  for  anything  else. 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


11 


particular  cloth  is  laid  across  it.  Even  the  man 
presenting  it  must  hold  it  up  before  him  in  such 
a  way  that  it  is  obscuring  his  view  of  the  face 
until  the  moment  when  the  corpse  has  been  cov- 
ered. The  cloth  signifies  the  saris  that  ancestral 
Badagas  wore  before  they  ever  left  Mysore  Dis- 
trict four  centuries  ago.  It  is  torn  down  the  middle 
somewhat  so  that  it  can  be  put  over  the  head  of 
the  corpse  to  cover  its  back  and  front. 

For  either  a  male  or  female  corpse,  the  daughter 
and  her  husband  present  the  body  with  a  special 
shawl3  embroidered  by  a  Toda  lady.  At  least  the 
eldest  daughter  must  provide  one,  though  several 
daughters  may  bring  one  jointly.  When  they  arrive 
before  the  corpse,  the  Kotas  are  constantly  wind- 
ing their  horns.  The  horse  (if  brought)  is  led 
around  the  catafalque  three  times,  and  then  to  the 
bereaved  house.  Now  the  daughter's  husband 
bows  at  the  feet  of  the  corpse,  while  his  wife 
cries,  "O  my  dead  Father  [or  Mother],  your  son- 
in-law  has  come  and,  crying,  bows  at  your  feet. 
Look  at  him!"  The  shawl  (bugu  side)  that  they 
brought  is  torn  in  half,  one  piece  going  on  the 
corpse  and  the  other  laid  on  the  cot.  An  embroi- 
dered shawl  is  not  so  essential  an  offering  as  is 
the  colored  cloth,  and  so  this  should  be  presented 
first  and  the  shawl  afterwards.  It  is  wrapped  round 
the  body  over  the  e.banna. 

Another  piece  of  cloth,4  called  puka:su,  is  pro- 
vided for  a  dead  woman  by  the  grandsons  and 
granddaughters.  It  first  ought  to  be  given  inside 
the  house,  so  while  the  body  is  still  there,  the  gift 
may  be  made  by  the  sons'  sons  or  sons'  daugh- 
ters. The  daughters'  sons  or  daughters'  daughters 
often  present  another  puka:su  later  on  the  front 
yard  outside,  because  by  the  time  they  have  come 
from  their  home  villages,  the  corpse  has  already 
been  moved  outside.  The  person  making  the  of- 
fering rolls  it  up  and  carries  it  on  the  head  while 
crying,  "O  Father  [or  Mother],  where  have  you 
gone?"5  A  dead  woman  does  not  merit  this  offer- 
ing unless  she  has  a  grandchild  by  a  son,  daughter, 
stepson,  or  stepdaughter. 

Few  Badagas  now  own  a  horse  or  pony,  but 
one  used  to  be  involved  in  the  ritual  for  a  dead 
woman  from  any  phratry  except  the  Wodeyas. 
Her  brother's  son's  son  or  else  her  brother's  son, 
provided  he  was  still  a  small  boy,  was  put  on 
horseback  and  led  once  around  the  corpse  in  a 
counterclockwise  direction.  The  boy  carried  the 
puka.su  on  his  head.  When  he  got  off  the  horse, 
he  put  the  cloth  at  the  head  of  the  cot,  which  was 
still  lying  on  the  yard.  Another  person  hung  it  on 
the  catafalque. 


3  Such  shawls  (bugu  si.le),  bought  long  beforehand, 
are  embroidered  in  a  very  shoddy  manner  if  it  is  known 
that  they  will  eventually  be  used  in  a  Badaga  funeral. 
The  man  must  offer  one  to  the  corpse  before  he  touches 
its  feet  and  his  own  forehead.  It  is  placed  over  the  corpse 
with  the  embroidered  end  toward  the  head,  a  feature 
distinctive  of  death,  since,  when  men  in  the  Nilgiris 
sleep  with  such  a  shawl  covering  them,  they  have  the 
embroidered  end  over  their  legs,  never  over  their  heads. 

The  elder  daughter  may  have  a  costly  one  made  and 
may  have  her  sisters  share  the  cost  with  her,  or  they  may 
decide  to  split  the  obligation  so  that  some  daughters  will 
provide  the  shawl  for  their  mother  and  the  rest  will  pro- 
vide one  for  their  father.  As  it  is  generally  made  far  in 
advance  of  death,  their  father  may  see  it  before  he  dies, 
if  he  wishes.  His  daughters  may  even  put  it  on  the  sick 
man,  telling  him  that  if  he  gets  well  he  may  wear  it,  and 
then  they  will  have  another  one  made  (Hockings  1999: 
75-76). 

Should  the  daughter's  husband  be  ready  to  present  the 
cloak  before  this  other  cloth  is  on  the  corpse,  then  he 
must  wait  until  the  latter  has  arrived.  If  there  is  no 
daughter's  husband  living  to  present  the  cloak  to  the 
corpse,  then  a  daughter's  husband's  brother  will  do  it. 

A  dead  woman's  daughter  often  may  be  her  brother's 
son's  wife  at  the  same  time.  Hence,  if  she  has  no  living 
brother  or  parents,  her  brother's  son  must  present  the  col- 
ored cloth.  Yet  in  this  particular  case,  the  same  man  is 
also  the  daughter's  husband,  and  in  that  role  he  must  offer 
the  embroidered  cloak  to  the  dead  woman  too;  in  doing 
so,  nonetheless,  he  must  present  the  colored  cloth  first. 

If  it  happens  that  a  close  relative  urgently  wants  to 
see  the  dead  woman  but  he  has  no  e.banna  with  him, 
someone  else  will  cover  the  face  of  the  corpse  until  he 
has  gone  through  the  motions  of  the  rite  using  his  own 
kerchief  or  body  cloth. 

4  The  cloth  is  offered  first  by  the  sons'  children,  then 
by  the  daughters'  children.  If  they  are  too  young  to  un- 
derstand, the  cloth  is  tied  round  their  heads  and  then 
they  are  carried  once  around  the  catafalque  or  are  told 
to  walk  around  it  counterclockwise.  After  this,  the  cloth 
is  tied  to  the  catafalque.  If  a  son's  daughter  or  daughter's 
daughter  cannot  come  to  the  funeral  because  she  has  just 
married  or  is  away  at  college,  then  another  girl  must 
give  a  puka:su  on  her  behalf.  Wodeyas  do  not  give  it  at 
their  funerals. 

5  Since  there  is  no  taboo  associated  with  naming  the 
dead,  as  there  is  among  Todas,  those  Badagas  who  had 
called  the  living  person  by  his  or  her  name  (this  depends 
on  kin  relationship)  will  continue  to  do  so  after  death. 


12 


Chapter  Two 


Once  the  body  is  on  the  front  yard,  a  brass  plate 
full  of  food  that  the  dead  person  had  enjoyed, 
along  with  curry  and  rice — but  always  vegetarian 
food — is  brought  out  (Fig.  lb).  A  gourd  is  left 
near  the  feet  for  the  dead  to  drink  from  during  the 
coming  journey  (Metz  1864:  77).  If  it  is  a  woman 
who  has  died,  her  mother  or  brother's  wife  ties  a 
bead  necklace6  (kakkila  mani)  and  a  bead  wristlet 
(kai  kattu  mani)  on  the  body.  One  or  sometimes 
two  hanks  of  human  hair,  called  savari  (Hockings 
1979:  155,  160),  with  a  comb  (to  tie  up  the  hair 
behind  the  head)  are  attached.  Female  corpses  are 
also  given  a  string  (ode  kanni)1  to  hold  the  cloth 
in  place  over  the  breasts,  and  a  strip  of  cloth  (kacce) 
about  9  inches  wide  and  2  yards  long  to  serve  as 
a  waistbelt.  The  latter  has  a  colored  border  along 
one  side  and  is  of  white  cotton,  with  the  ends 
embroidered  in  black  and  red.8 

The  corpse,9  still  lying  on  its  bed,  is  dressed  in 
these  new  clothes,  and  the  turban  is  tied  on.  The 
women  never  touch  the  corpse.  At  least  one  cop- 
per coin  should  be  put  into  the  pocket  of  the  cloak 
by  a  relative  or  by  some  agnatic  villager.  Also, 
while  dressing  the  corpse,  men  used  to  cut  off  one 
corner  of  the  cloak  and  give  it  to  a  Toreya.  Be- 
cause of  the  cessation  of  their  servile  status,  this 
cloth  is  now  given  to  some  non-Badaga,  a  Hari- 
jan.  At  the  same  time,  a  string  (sa.vu  kanni)  that 
is  a  quarter  inch  thick  and  about  a  yard  long  is 
tied  around  the  head  under  the  chin  and  over  the 
turban  to  keep  the  mouth  from  opening  (Hockings 
1979:  159,  170).  It  is  made  of  dyed  red  cotton  but 
ends  in  blue  cotton,  with  four  conical  buttons  of 
bone  tied  on  each  end. 

When  a  man  has  died,  his  widow  is  dressed 
well  for  the  funeral,  "almost  as  a  bride."  She  does 
not  wear  the  usual  round  nose  ring  but  a  rather 
special  funereal  one  that  hangs  down  from  the 
nostril  by  about  1  to  \Vi  inches.10  The  af fines,  her 
relatives,  give  her  a  cloth  called  muccuku  si.le, 
"meant  to  cover  her  face  while  weeping"  (i.e., 
mourning;  Natesa  Sastri  1892:  833)."  The  presen- 
tation of  this  is  said  to  represent  a  final  marriage 
of  the  deceased.  The  widow  covers  her  head  with 
this  cloth  and,  led  by  Kota  musicians,  goes  with 
the  affinal  visitors,  her  relatives,  from  the  edge  of 
the  front  yard  to  the  corpse.  As  in  a  wedding,  they 
shout  o:  hau  hau,  which  is  a  cry  to  ward  off  the 
inauspiciousness,  but — unlike  at  a  wedding — they 
have  to  go  around  the  catafalque  three  times  in  a 
counterclockwise  direction.  Only  after  this  ritual 
has  been  performed  may  the  widow  sit  on  the  cot 
beside  the  corpse,  the  first  moment  she  has  been 
near  it  since  the  death. 


6  A  kakkila  mani  is  a  necklace  of  small  black  beads; 
a  kai  kaffu  mani  is  a  wristlet  of  tiny  cylindrical  red  beads 
(Hockings  1979:  160). 


7  This  is  a  string  of  double  thickness,  about  a  yard 
long,  and  the  two  cords  are  bound  together  at  three  plac- 
es with  blue  cotton.  At  each  end  are  ten  baubles  and 
over  these  is  a  blue  cotton  thread. 

8  All  of  these  items  were  traditionally  supplied  by  the 
regional  Chelti  trader  (Hockings  1979:  159-60,  167). 

9  Most  Lingayats  and  nowadays  some  Gaudas  wash 
the  corpse  before  dressing  it,  but  Wodeyas  do  not.  A 
dead  priest  is  treated  as  an  ordinary  villager,  and  so  his 
corpse  bears  no  symbols  of  office. 

If  a  small  girl  has  died,  her  ears  and  nose  are  touched 
or  pierced  with  a  pin,  in  order  to  simulate  the  girls' 
piercing  ceremonies,  before  the  corpse  is  taken  from  the 
front  yard.  People  may  also  draw  tattoo  marks  with  char- 
coal on  the  brow  and  wrists,  where  a  pubescent  girl 
would,  in  fact,  have  been  tattooed. 

If  a  person  dies  just  as  an  important  festival  is  about 
to  begin  in  the  village,  and  that  village  happens  to  be 
the  head  village  of  a  commune,  then  the  funeral  is  fin- 
ished in  a  hurry;  or  better,  it  is  postponed  until  the  day 
after  the  festival,  and  the  corpse  is  then  kept  inside  the 
house.  The  festival  is,  after  all,  being  held  for  all  of  the 
constituent  hamlets  rather  just  one  of  them.  In  any  other 
hamlet,  however,  either  the  festival  or  the  funeral  will 
be  postponed  according  to  the  decision  of  the  elders. 
Because  of  the  pollution  associated  with  the  latter,  there 
could  never  be  both  a  festival  (auspicious  event)  and  a 
funeral  (inauspicious  event)  going  on  in  the  same  village 
simultaneously.  The  only  exception  to  this  rule  is  that  if 
a  festival,  such  as  the  salt-giving  to  buffaloes  (Hockings 
1968),  is  finished  in  the  morning,  a  funeral  could  start 
immediately  afterward. 

10  Important  families  may  keep  one  of  these  special 
rings  (kodlingi)  and  may  lend  it  to  widows  when  needed. 
The  practice  is  not  followed  in  the  Poranga:du  area. 

11  They  may  also  choose  to  show  their  affluence  by 
presenting  costly  cloths  to  the  daughters  and  sisters  of 
the  dead  man. 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


13 


Until  the  corpse  has  been  moved  outside  and 
the  house  purified,  no  one  may  prepare  any  food 
there.12  Upon  arrival,  therefore,  the  Kotas  are  giv- 
en coffee  or  food  that  has  been  made  in  some 
other  household  (with  the  costs  of  its  preparation 
borne  by  the  bereaved  family).  From  this  point 
on,  the  main  job  of  the  Kotas  is  to  play  proces- 
sional music  in  front  of  the  corpse  each  time  it  is 
moved.  Only  those  musicians  brought  by  the  as- 
sociate of  the  dead  man  are  required  to  meet  all 
of  their  ritual  obligations,  although  other  Kotas 
may  do  so  if  they  wish.  It  is  also  a  ritual  require- 
ment for  male  visitors  to  dance  barefooted  to  the 
Kota  music.  This  dancing  is  done  to  please  the 
participants  and  not  the  departed  soul.13  Although 
the  man  who  brings  a  set  of  Kotas  has  only  met 
half  of  their  cost,  he  has  full  control  over  them 
and  has  the  privilege  of  dancing  to  their  music 
until  he  says,  "I  give  my  Kotas  to  you,"  thereby 
releasing  their  services  to  the  headman. 

People  do  not  dance  on  the  front  yard  before 
the  bereaved  house.  The  cot  is  eventually  moved 
from  that  location  to  one  in  front  of  the  Great 
House.14  This  functions,  for  the  time  being,  as  a 
funerary  temple  where  people  may  dance.  As  the 
corpse  is  moved,  the  Kotas  sound  their  horns  and 
lead  the  procession  with  music.  If  the  corpse  is  to 
be  disposed  of  that  day  and  people  have  built  a 
catafalque  for  it,  then  corpse  and  cot  are  put  inside 
this  catafalque  from  the  east  side.  Once  the  corpse 
is  inside  the  catafalque,  someone  says,  "Stop, 
don't  cry  any  more:  now  we  are  going  to  dance. 
Father,  change  the  tune  and  play  a  dance  song." 
The  Kotas  then  answer,  "Very  well,  Grandfather." 
So  they  play  the  five  dance  tunes  in  order:  first, 
"foot-raising-and-putting-down,"  then  the  "turn- 
ing dance,"  "lively  dance,"  "jumping  tune,"  and 
"walking  dance."  Afterward  they  continue  play- 
ing these  tunes  in  any  order.  People  must  dance 
around  the  cot15  at  least  once,  and  only  then  are 
they  free  to  dance  on  other  parts  of  the  front  yard 
as  Kotas  play  in  the  middle  of  the  circle  of  danc- 
ers (Figs.  3  and  4).  The  Kotas  present  never 
dance.  The  corpse  is  placed  at  one  end  of  the  yard, 
not  in  the  middle,  so  that  there  will  be  plenty  of 
room  for  dancing  (in  those  villages  where  this  still 
occurs).  The  dances  move  in  a  counterclockwise, 
inauspicious  direction  (whereas  at  temple  festivals 
and  other  auspicious  ceremonies,  they  move  in  a 
clockwise  direction).  Benches  are  placed  along  ei- 
ther side  of  the  cot  for  female  mourners  to  sit  on 
(Fig.  8a).  Some  of  them  have  brought  puffed  am- 
aranth, puffed  barley,  puffed  rice,  and  millet  flour 
puffs  cooked  in  oil  in  baskets  decorated  with 


12  An  elderly  postmenopausal  woman  (not  the  widow) 
purifies  the  floor  by  sprinkling  a  cow-dung  solution.  On 
the  night  after  the  corpse  has  been  removed,  and  re- 
gardless of  whether  it  has  yet  been  disposed  of,  a  light 
must  be  kept  burning  constantly  in  the  house  (this  is  not 
necessary  on  following  nights,  however).  If  the  funeral 
occurs  on  the  day  of  an  adult's  death,  there  must  be 
lights  in  both  that  house  and  in  the  one  from  which  the 
grain  mixture  is  distributed.  If  two  days  are  involved 
altogether,  however,  a  light  is  only  necessary  in  the  latter 
house  on  the  second  night. 


13  In  an  overly  dramatic  and  false  account  of  the  fu- 
neral, however,  where  he  claimed  that  the  dancing  "de- 
generates into  an  indecent  romp,  a  mad  cancan,"  the 
noted  French  geographer  and  anarchist  Elie  Reclus  stat- 
ed that  the  vigorous  dancing  "is  to  assist  the  departed, 
to  communicate  strength  to  her.  .  .  .  She  has,  she  will 
have,  great  need  of  it  on  the  long  journey"  (Reclus 
1885:  205).  Grigg  (1880:  227)  too  spoke  of  the  dancing 
"growing  wilder  and  wilder  as  the  day  draws  towards 
its  close." 

14  If  there  is  to  be  a  festival  in  the  near  future,  then 
the  front  yard  of  the  Great  House  will  probably  be  need- 
ed, and  it  cannot  be  polluted  by  a  just-concluded  funeral. 
In  such  instances,  there  is  a  designated  second  Great 
House,  often  next  door  to  the  Great  House  and  typically 
belonging  to  descendants  of  the  younger  brother  of  the 
village's  founding  ancestor  or  to  the  founding  ancestor 
of  the  bereaved  lineage,  and  that  is  where  the  funeral 
activities  will  then  occur. 


13  Members  of  all  but  one  phratry  may  dance,  and  men 
may  then  wear  turbans.  Wodeyas  stopped  dancing 
around  1950.  Anyone  dancing  or  performing  another 
function  at  a  funeral  may  not  wear  a  turban.  It  is  also 
the  rule  that  at  least  one  male  relative  of  the  deceased 
must  remain  bareheaded  throughout  the  funeral,  al- 
though as  a  sign  of  mourning  he  should  cover  his  head 
loosely  with  a  cloth  {side  or  dupati).  The  commune 
headman,  on  the  other  hand,  may  wear  a  turban.  Even 
he  will  be  bareheaded  for  the  funeral  of  his  own  father, 
mother,  son,  or  wife.  He  can,  however,  wear  a  turban  at 
his  daughter's  funeral,  as  he  is  an  affine  to  her  village. 

Very  close  relatives  of  the  dead  should  not  wear  tur- 
bans and  should  go  without  food  (except  for  fruit  and 
coffee)  from  the  time  of  death  until  the  disposal  of  the 
corpse.  They  should  neither  touch  nor  drink  milk,  even 
in  their  coffee. 

In  the  19th  and  early  20th  centuries,  shots  were  oc- 


14 


Chapter  Two 


flowers,  which  are  placed  under  the  cot  (Thurston 
and  Rangachari  1909,  I:  117,  Plate).  The  dead 
man's  milking  vessel  is  also  there,  and  cigarettes, 
beedies,  snuff,  cigars,  or  chewing  tobacco  may  be 
brought,  according  to  his  tastes — perhaps,  too,  a 
favorite  walking  stick,  bow  and  arrow  (formerly), 
or  flute  will  be  included.16 

As  groups  of  visitors  arrive,  the  men  remove 
their  footwear  out  of  respect  and  walk  onto  the 
yard,  chanting  "«:  hau  hem"  repeatedly,  as  they 
scatter  around  puffed  rice  and  perhaps  coins  of 
the  smallest  denomination.  Next,  after  removing 
their  turbans,  they  pay  respects  to  the  corpse. 
They  go  to  the  head  if  they  are  of  a  more  senior 
generation  or  of  the  same  generation  as  the  de- 
ceased but  older  in  age;  alternatively,  they  go  to 
the  feet  if  they  are  of  a  more  junior  generation  or 
of  the  same  generation  as  the  deceased  but  youn- 
ger in  age.  Whenever  there  are  no  men  around  the 
cot,  women  pay  their  respects  too.  After  some 
time,  the  headman  invites  the  Kotas  to  take  a  rest 
and  eat  a  meal  outside  the  neighboring  home  of 
some  of  the  bereaved  relatives.  Since  Badagas  are 
concerned  about  the  pollution  believed  to  derive 
from  Kotas,  the  youngest  of  the  Kotas  has  to 
throw  away  the  leaves  off  which  they  have  eaten. 
Afterward  they  play  some  more,  and  then  rest  on 
the  veranda  while  some  Badaga  women  may  per- 
form a  comic  song  to  relieve  the  sadness.  Young 
men  sit  and  listen.  Later  they  ask  the  Kotas  to 
perform  more  dance  music,  but  may  have  to  offer 
extra  money  to  persuade  them.  In  the  evening,  if 
the  funeral  is  going  to  continue  for  more  than  one 
day,  the  Kotas  may  sleep  on  the  veranda  or  take 
their  instruments  and  walk  back  home  by  moon- 
light. In  the  latter  case,  the  headman  may  have  to 
go  and  bribe  them  next  morning  to  return  for  the 
rest  of  the  funeral  by  promising  them  a  buffalo. 

During  the  whole  time  the  corpse  is  on  display 
like  this,  and  while  visitors  are  still  coming  to  pay 
their  respects,  the  corpse,  whether  male  or  female, 
should  be  tended  by  a  daughter  or  a  sister  or,  if 
there  is  none,  by  a  classificatory  daughter.  Only 
when  a  male  corpse  is  moved  to  the  village  green 
does  the  female  relative  leave  it.  She  may  fan  flies 
off  the  face,  and  from  time  to  time  she  picks  up 
a  handbell  and  rings  it  next  to  the  head  (Fig.  lb; 
Thurston  1906:  191).  There  is  a  saying,  Mande.rsi 
iddu  mani  hudaya  (Staying  beside  the  head,  the 
woman  rings  the  bell),  which  suggests  that  she  is 
there  to  offer  some  companionship  to  the  de- 
ceased in  its  loneliness.  I  had  great  difficulty  get- 
ting any  further  explanation  for  this  bell  ringing 
beyond  the  fact  that  it  was  a  "tradition."  But 


casionally  fired  during  dancing,  such  as  "from  an  old 
musket  which  may  have  come  from  the  time  of  Haidar 
Ali**  (Morike  1849:  103). 


16  Betel  is  rarely  offered,  as  its  chewing  has  been  tak- 
en up  by  Badagas  only  over  the  past  century.  Jagor 
(1876:  198)  gives  probably  the  first  reference  to  it.  al- 
though betel  leaf  is  also  mentioned  in  proverbs.  Lutze 
(1887:  14)  mentions  a  cigar,  which  is  thrust  into  the 
mouth  of  a  dead  headman,  and  a  plate  of  food  that  is 
placed  under  his  chin.  If  a  woman  was  in  the  habit  of 
smoking,  someone  may  later  put  a  pipe  with  tobacco  in 
her  grave  or  on  the  funeral  pyre. 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


15 


eventually  someone  explained17  that  once  an  ap- 
parently dead  person  had  sat  up  when  the  cre- 
mation began.  This  bell  ringing,  and  the  later 
swinging  of  the  body  three  times  over  the  fire  or 
grave  prior  to  cremation  or  burial,  are  seemingly 
precautionary  tests  long  taken  in  case  the  person 
is  cataleptic  but  not  yet  dead. 

If  the  funeral  continues  for  two  days,  as  seldom 
happens  now,  a  group  of  women  will  sit  around 
the  corpse  at  night,  crying  and  occasionally  sing- 
ing. They  keep  a  fire  going  in  the  yard  nearby  and 
are  relieved  by  a  second  group  in  the  middle  of 
the  night. 

Particularly  now  that  most  funerals  have  no 
Kota  music,  records  or  tapes  may  be  played 
through  loudspeakers  instead.  Even  a  spring- 
wound  gramophone  is  brought  out  sometimes. 
Loud,  gay  music  can  help  cheer  the  crowd  and 
somewhat  drown  out  the  wails  of  the  women  who 
are  seated  next  to  the  cot.  Every  so  often  these 
are  replaced  by  another  few  women  mourners.18 
Saivite  hymns  (bajana)  in  Tamil  may  also  be  sung 
nowadays. 

The  face  and  feet  of  the  corpse  (unless  it  is 
Lingayat)  remain  uncovered  all  day  so  that  senior 
and  junior  people  can  pay  their  respects  to  the 
deceased.  The  first  people  to  do  so  are  the  mem- 
bers of  the  host  village,  who  come  for  this  pur- 
pose as  soon  as  they  hear  of  the  death.  Even  if 
they  have  already  blessed  the  person  while  he  or 
she  was  dying,  they  do  so  again.  Regardless  of 
what  their  ages  might  be  relative  to  the  deceased, 
men  and  women  of  the  same  generation  touch19 
the  head,  whereas  all  those  of  junior  generations, 
together  with  any  Toreyas  at  another  phratry's  fu- 
neral, touch  the  feet  (Thurston  1906:  191).  Im- 
mediately after  doing  so,  men  but  not  women 
touch  their  own  foreheads. 

The  male  visitors  at  a  funeral  are  mostly  affines 
(natta)  from  other  villages,  people  who  have  mar- 
ried women  from  this  bereaved  village  or  provid- 
ed it  with  brides.  Some,  of  course,  are  close  rel- 
atives of  the  widow  or  widower.  Once  they  have 
touched  the  head  or  feet  of  the  corpse  by  way  of 
respect,  they  have  no  further  obligations,  and  so 
they  will  start  dancing20  with  the  Kota  musicians 
that  some  of  them  have  brought. 

There  are  special  rules  for  showing  respect  to 
the  dancing  affinal  visitors  that  would  not  apply 
in  weddings  or  festivals.  As  these  men  dance  in 
a  curving  line,  the  central  man  has  the  place  of 
greatest  respect,  while  all  the  others  are  ranked  in 
decreasing  order  on  either  side  of  him,  thus: 
864213579.  It  does  not  matter  in  which  di- 


17  This  is  no  mere  facile  rationalization,  for  in  a  cre- 
mation at  the  beginning  of  the  20th  century,  the  corpse 
was  seen  by  my  informant's  friend  to  urinate  and  then 
to  sit  up;  that  man  lived  for  another  half  century!  But 
evidently  fortune  has  knocked  twice,  for  the  Todas  have 
a  comparable  story  to  match  the  same  practice:  "They 
say  that  long  ago,  about  400  years,  a  man  supposed  to 
be  dead  was  put  on  the  funeral  pyre,  and  revived  by  the 
heat,  he  was  found  to  be  alive  and  was  able  to  walk 
away  from  the  funeral  place"  (Rivers  1906:  363). 


18  Jagor  caught  the  essence  of  their  mourning  well: 

"At  times  the  corpse  was  addressed:  'Didn't  you 
always  give  to  the  poor?  Weren't  you  always  a 
good  mother?'  This  is  followed  by  the  assent  given 
in  chorus  by  the  women.  Tears  flow  plentifully. 
Some  women  seem  particularly  moved  and  place 
the  dead  person's  tobacco,  betel,  pepper  and  sugar 
in  a  small  twisted  cornet  made  of  a  leaf  which  they 
close  with  [two]  of  the  fingertips.  Women  and  chil- 
dren put  their  heads  together  and  wail.  The  corpse's 
face  is  fanned  and  the  flies  chased  away  from  the 
body"  (Jagor  1876:  198,  trans.). 


19  The  catafalque  (gudikat)  is  recognized  as  being  a 
temporary  funerary  abode  (gudi).  Anyone  entering  a 
house  where  a  corpse  lies  or  who  touches  the  dead  loses 
his  state  of  purity  (sudda).  For  that  reason,  too,  a  priest 
or  a  headman  wearing  a  ring  of  office  (and  therefore 
equivalent  to  a  priest)  does  not  touch  the  corpse.  Both 
it  and  the  wrappings  pollute  anyone  who  comes  in  con- 
tact with  them,  as  does  touching  any  part  of  the  cata- 
falque. 


20  In  every  quarter  {na:du),  the  commune  headman 
(u:r  gaudd)  should  dance  at  a  funeral.  Other  than  any 
Wodeyas  present,  he  alone  will  be  wearing  a  turban 
while  dancing.  Generally,  when  a  commune  headman 
starts  to  dance,  a  special  tune  is  played  for  him,  and  he 
should  then  dance  for  at  least  a  couple  of  minutes.  He 
dances  in  the  middle  of  a  line  of  men,  who  thereby  show 
respect  to  him. 

Other  people  who  are  wearing  turbans  must  take  them 
off  while  dancing  and  when  carrying  the  corpse.  Thurs- 


16 


Chapter  Two 


rection  the  line  is  moving.  There  must  always  be 
a  man  from  the  host  village  at  each  end  to  signify 
the  superiority  of  the  visitors.  Without  these,  the 
affines  would  refuse  to  dance.  Older  men  dance 
around  only  once  or  twice,  for  the  sake  of  the 
ritual  obligation,  whereas  visiting  youths  will 
dance  long  and  energetically,  some  hoping  that 
their  performance  will  catch  the  eye  of  a  local  girl 
(Figs.  3a  and  b).21 

At  least  one  woman  should  dance  with  the  men 
and  many  may.  The  woman  must  be  an  agnatic 
relative  to  the  man  who  is  conducting  the  funeral, 
such  as  a  classihcatory  daughter.  In  0:rana:yi  vil- 
lage during  a  1926  funeral,  the  women  formed  a 
complete  circle  and  were  doing  their  own  special 
dance,  but  the  Kotas  objected  to  this  style  on  the 
grounds  that  at  least  one  man  should  be  dancing 
with  them.  Apart  from  this  case,  women  only 
dance  in  front  of  their  husband  or  son  (or  between 
them  if  both  are  dancing  together)." 

Once  a  group  of  visitors  feels  that  they  have 
finished  dancing  with  the  Kotas  they  brought 
along,  they  hand  them  over  to  the  hamlet  head- 
man. Those  visitors  who  have  brought  Kota  mu- 
sicians can  go  on  dancing  with  them  as  they 
please,  but  others  must  wait  until  the  headman 
calls  them  out  to  dance.  He  actually  has  a  list  of 
all  the  invited  villages  and,  standing  in  the  middle 
of  the  front  yard,  he  calls  them  out  to  dance  one 
village  at  a  time,  as  sets  of  Kota  musicians  (in- 
cluding perhaps  his  own  set)  become  available. 

During  this  period  of  dancing,  the  dead  per- 
son's daughters'  husbands  might  still  dance  with 
some  of  their  friends  in  a  special  dancing  dress, 
a  pleated  skirt  with  red,  yellow,  or  blue  dentate 
borders,  originally  supplied  by  an  itinerant  Chetti 
(and  now  extremely  rare).  They  may  or  may  not 
choose  to  wear  huge  turbans  and  a  loose  jacket  at 
this  time  (Figs.  3a  and  Sa;  Thurston  and  Ranga- 
chari  1909,  I:  119,  Plate).  Dancing  in  this  dress 
for  a  while  was  a  ritual  requirement,  as  confirmed 
by  the  fact  that  before  dancing,  they  touch  the 
ground  with  one  hand  and  exclaim  "So.mif — 
Lord!"  But  the  daughters'  husbands,  being  af- 
fines, only  do  it  after  men  from  the  host  village, 
the  agnates,  have  done  so.  All  men  who  give  the 
e.banna  cloth  or  an  embroidered  shawl  were  once 
expected  to  wear  this  dress  briefly  to  dance  in. 
They  include  men  attending  a  funeral  of  their  WM 
or  WF,  FZ  or  FZH,  D  or  DH,  SD  or  SDH,  FFZ 
or  FFZH,  or  WFB  or  WFBW,  all  of  whom  are 
thus  affines  from  another  village  (unless,  perhaps, 
in  former  days,  of  the  Wodeya  phratry).  If  nec- 


ton  (1906:  191)  states  that  they  would  remove  their  tur- 
bans or  woolen  caps  out  of  respect  for  the  first  three 
rounds  of  dancing  only. 


:i  Children  are  not  supposed  to  dance  at  a  funeral; 
women  may.  but  less  often  do.  When  women  do  dance, 
men  dance  in  a  circle  with  the  women  dancing  inside, 
each  woman  keeping  close  to  a  male  relative. 


22  A  childless  widow  who  obviously  has  no  such  rel- 
atives will  dance  with  men  from  her  natal  village,  orig- 
inally her  agnates. 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


17 


essary,  these  affines  waited  on  the  front  yard  until 
some  agnates  had  danced  in  the  special  dresses. 

Early  in  the  afternoon  of  the  funeral  day,  while 
hot  drinks  or  sweets  are  being  brought  around  to 
people  and  dancing  is  about  to  end,  the  Kota  as- 
sociate makes  an  offering  to  the  corpse.  If  the 
deceased  was  a  Lingayat,  he  gives  an  iron  toe- 
ring  for  the  second  toe  of  each  foot;  if  the  de- 
ceased was  a  non-Lingayat,  he  gives  an  axe  with 
a  bow  and  arrow.  This  is  to  protect  the  departed 
soul  during  the  journey  to  the  afterworld.  The 
bow23  is  made  of  iron  and  string,  with  a  wooden 
arrow  tipped  with  iron.  For  Lingayats,  the  Kota 
must  also  offer  a  hoe,  which  is  used  later  to  dig 
the  grave.24  In  either  case,  he  goes  to  the  end  of 
the  front  yard  with  a  Kota  band.  Some  of  the  dead 
person's  family  or  fellow  villagers  go  up  to  the 
Kota,  and  each  takes  one  of  the  tools  he  has 
brought.  If  the  Kota  is  only  a  boy,  he  bows  to  the 
feet  of  the  Badagas.  They  carry  these  items  on 
their  heads,  with  the  blades  pointing  upward,  and 
cry  for  the  deceased  as  they  walk  three  times 
around  the  corpse  in  a  counterclockwise  direction, 
followed  by  the  Kota  associate  and  then  the  band. 
After  going  around  the  cot,  the  Badagas  put  the 
various  tools  under  it.  At  a  Lingayat  funeral,  the 
Kota  puts  the  rings  on  the  toes  of  the  deceased, 
whether  male  or  female  (Thurston  and  Rangachari 
1909,  I:  117,  Plate).  While  carrying  the  tools 
around,  men  of  the  senior  generations  should  pre- 
cede more  junior  ones.  In  the  toe-ring-,  bow-,  and 
grain-giving  rituals,  however,  the  people  who  pro- 
ceed around  the  corpse  may  not  be  of  a  more  se- 
nior generation  than  the  dead. 

After  everyone  has  danced  to  his  satisfaction, 
the  last  round  must  be  danced  by  all  the  males  of 
the  host  village,  or,  if  it  is  a  woman  who  has  died, 
the  male  affinal  visitors  must  dance  last,  accom- 
panied by  at  least  two  men  from  the  host  village 
(as  was  explained  above).  "After  the  sun  has 
passed  its  zenith,  the  spirit  of  the  deceased  is  sup- 
posed to  have  entered  heaven,  and  the  dancing 
ceases"  (Metz  1864:  78).  I  doubt  it  has  got  quite 
so  far  (cf.  Chap.  3). 

In  every  village,  a  few  large  East  India  Com- 
pany silver  rupees  are  still  kept.  After  the  dancing 
is  over,  one  of  these  rupees  is  stuck  in  the  center 
of  the  brow  of  the  corpse,  male  or  female,  using 
a  white  paste  from  the  gum-thistle  (Figs,  la  and 
b).2' 

Although  the  affines  should  bring  Kota  musi- 
cians, they  are  not  expected  to  bring  anything  else 
to  the  funeral  unless  it  is  a  woman  who  has  died. 
Then  they  must  bring  at  least  one  winnow,  one 


23  The  Lingayats,  all  vegetarians,  never  hunted.  Today, 
when  no  bows  are  in  use,  if  one  is  urgently  needed  for 
this  ritual  offering,  someone  makes  a  very  rough  one 
out  of  sticks  and  string  and  tips  an  arrow  with  something 
like  a  broken  knife.  Nowadays  the  toe-ring  is  commonly 
made  of  silver,  nickel,  or  copper. 

This  presentation  for  non-Lingayats  is  called  bit 
sa.stira  (bow  ritual);  that  for  Lingayats  is  miccu  sa.stira 
(toe-ring  ritual). 

24  See  below,  p.  20,  and  Figure  2a.  Today  the  Kotas 
will  just  borrow  some  old  hoe  while  in  the  Badaga  vil- 
lage. They  always  smear  it  with  mud  to  signify  that  it 
is  new  before  they  present  it. 


25  This  is  e.gore,  or  Euphorbia  rothiana.  Thurston 
(1906:  190;  Thurston  and  Rangachari  1909,  I:  112)  re- 
ported a  silver  Japanese  yen  being  used  in  this  way  and 
said  that  two  coins  might  be  on  the  brow.  The  Wodeyas 
do  not  put  a  coin  on  the  brow,  but  for  a  male,  it  is  tied 
to  the  arm  along  with  some  cooked  rice.  Among  the 


18 


Chapter  Two 


coconut-shell  ladle,  and  one  pounding  stick  (prob- 
ably not  a  genuine  one,  which  today  is  very  valu- 
able) to  present  to  their  dead  daughter  or  sister. 
When  these  affines  perform  their  last  dance,  they 
do  so  while  carrying  these  kitchen  implements  on 
their  heads  and  then  they  give  them  to  villagers, 
who  place  them  under  the  cot.  Only  after  this  rit- 
ual has  been  completed  can  a  member  of  the  fam- 
ily ask  the  affines'  permission  to  dispose  of  the 
corpse. 

During  a  wedding  it  is  usual  to  affirm,  as  a 
ritual  form,  that  the  bride's  father  still  "owns"  her 
until  her  death.  This  is  one  point  that  suggests  that 
she  is  not  totally  absorbed  into  her  husband's  fam- 
ily, lineage,  and  clan.  (She  will,  after  all,  return 
to  her  father's  house  to  give  birth.)  Therefore,  af- 
ter they  have  finished  dancing  at  the  woman's  fu- 
neral, some  of  her  visiting  male  relatives,  affines 
to  her  husband's  family,  wait  outside  her  house. 
Before  the  woman's  corpse  is  removed  from  the 
yard,  one  or  more  of  these  men  are  invited  into 
the  house,  asked  to  sit  on  jute  or  some  other  pres- 
tigious material,  and  offered  a  glass  of  water. 
Then  the  widower  or  another  close  male  relative 
in  the  family  says  to  the  visitors,  "You  see,  your 
daughter  is  dead.  Please  do  not  ask  us  for  her  at 
some  later  time."  Each  .it  tmc  present  then  touches 
the  man's  forehead  (or,  if  the  affine  is  very  young, 
bows  down  to  his  feet),  blesses  him,  and  says, 
"You  can  remove  it"  (Belli  Gowder  1923-1941: 
9). 

Women  who  live  in  the  village  and  who  are 
related  to  the  dead  man  or  the  widower  as 
brother's  wife  or  father's  wife  (or  father's  broth- 
er's son's  wife,  etc.)  bring  some  baskets  of  millet 
and  wheat,  with  which  they  make  sweets.  Three 
or  more  of  the  women  must  then  take  these  on 
plates  held  on  their  heads  and  proceed  around  the 
catafalque  at  least  once  counterclockwise,  wailing 
as  they  do  so.  When  they  come  to  the  head  of  the 
corpse,  they  place  these  plates  under  the  cot  there. 
Once  these  village  women  have  finished,  the 
wives26  of  affinal  visitors  will  do  the  same  thing. 
Women  do  not  handle  the  corpse,  but  a  woman 
can  touch  her  head  to  that  of  the  dead,  and  after 
doing  so,  she  must  (generally  while  seated)  touch 
her  head  against  that  of  any  other  female  nearby. 
The  two  do  this  for  at  least  a  minute  while  be- 
wailing the  dead. 

Among  Lingayats,  on  the  day  of  the  burial,  just 
after  midday,  the  oldest  man'7  of  the  oldest  gen- 
eration in  the  village  is  sent  to  the  burial  ground 
with  a  crowbar,  which  had  previously  been  placed 
underneath  the  cot  inside  the  dead  person's  house. 


other  Lingayats.  after  this  rupee  has  heen  stuck  to  the 
brow,  all  the  tools  for  digging  the  grave  will  be  placed 
under  the  cot.  If  the  dead  is  a  female,  decorative  items 
arc  lied  into  her  body  cloths.  Mftrike  (1849:  KM)  ob- 
served gold  and  silver  ringer  rings  and  earrings  and  sev- 
eral rupees  tied  to  the  arms,  as  well  as  silver  chains 
wound  around  a  man's  neck  and  waist. 


:fc  Those  coming  from  nearby  villages  will  already 
have  prepared  the  sweets  at  home  and  will  carry  them 
on  their  heads  to  the  funeral.  Others  may  make  the 
sweets  just  before  offering  them.  None  of  these  wives 
will  come  out  onto  the  front  yard  until  the  local  women 
have  completed  this  ritual  activity. 


n  Among  Wodcyas.  this  man  need  not  be  someone  of 
prominence,  but  he  should  be  a  person  from  the  Great 
House,  even  if  only  a  small  boy. 

The  Lingayat  burial  grounds  and  the  path  leading  to 
them  arc  cleaned  only  on  the  actual  day  of  a  burial;  it 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


19 


iij  tmt  Irtlrr  tog    riff  mr; 
Urn  tntnu    **tu  <rf  Hwk 

1-MmtM   1  inxtar1  iM*,0*mv<  fir  hwdfl 

jd*>  «.■««#■*    alio  .  i(jlwi» 

4m&Mfr  ivmA, 

*»"  ♦■  *ik  «g»t    I  no**** 

(*•««•  ^w*  unmflrtimy  take   tii  nfMtfcff  «*» 

*<  AMk/th  *tan*  ■       «#&**>  m*j  ft*.- 
*iU*-  b   imm   tf dig 

fe  dtgfftl 


h^icti^i 


■ 

M,yv  -WC-«MC-Ui. 

*££       l^.«<    i,.^    i<*    Mgpg    btl    i"  -U' 

gu  u>  i .,<  ft 
■ 
..,,,.,  fly*  *»*Ujf 


voir    v»ou 

.    paw  *sr  afatoyf 
**<»..   HtJCfct 

MMMttl      Efc    f***i<»    gjotui'-  saoufc; 


v.-    |»vv»»-,-  t*<0  (be  ifMJIt  laa    ao»e-  aaotjt  tbt 


.,.!••..      a<*,U       I^O'        !      !W       IM^J      til'      (>I)I  .     Cll^lU!'    lOOi 


i.i.'    •  tiiiti  U»cy  <,iu»i»Mi  iviauvc   Joi  jt  hkmi 

uUvn  ul  suj    ll«cy  will 

...j.v   tiwey  g<ua»ot  <w^  <u»uti«;i 

^i.'  oe  i'^vv.^-  Miua  i»u    i»c«ij  pcflumivd  <ukJ 

ll»'     fcliiv<    U*ibijgi«4UJ<i 

I;.'    ,aii..    ptm    si'OUK    i,u-  t*    Uuy  out  aiicsh,  ^ttt 
ii^w«Hky     Joi  iiJti-  u!  bj/«tw    id  iitajiy  vcukjUtjmjs,  tfaio 

iiaj»|».  |  .iL£4y*ll    UHMJ    ill    k4J>i    ifiMIMfefl     Wtk 

tio.t.    «j.    v    tua'  Um;>  U"  nut  dii-  u|>  ivvviit  burials   Jl 

ai,iI«    di^gtai:    u»«;y  <u>    ktpl  ou  oik: 

•i.<1  U»M;i    wlwn  liK    licsli  wjps*:  lb  |p  ti»«   ^iav<   aad 

mm.j,     iujv     im^jI)   co»apictv<J   U;  iaak<-   H   into  f 

/i/^i,    Umj>«-    old    i^iii...     mobi    likely    vvjitpped    ai    a 

«u.    )>u>  »i.  on  toji  o(  tin    vo»p:y      !  ii'i    In-    giavc 

i   fcUtfj 

liu    ■    ooly  tiiK  of  vjllajgcs  in  Uh'  M<-:kuaa;d,u  aac 
4m«lws 


ft 


' 


by  these  musicians,  followed  by  the  corpse  oa  its 
cot.  and  then  by  the  parts  of  the  disassembled  cat- 
afalque, and  finally  by  the  villagers  and  visiting 
affines. 

Cardinal  directions  are  significant  here,  as  in 
Hinduism  generally  (cf.  Drawing  1).  Whenever 
the  corpse  is  resting  in  the  front  yard  or  on  the 
village  green,  its  head  is  toward  the  threshold  of 
the  house  (generally  toward  the  west)  and  its  feet 
are  toward  the  east  (but  sometimes  the  head  is 
toward  the  north).  It  is  put  inside  the  catafalque 
from  the  east  side  and  is  later  removed  from  the 
west  side.  If.  however,  it  remains  on  the  veranda 
of  the  Great  House  overnight,  the  head  will  be  to 
the  south  and  the  feet  to  the  north  (like  its  position 
in  the  grave). 

Only  if  the  corpse  is  male  and  if  it  in  to  be 
disposed  of  on  the  same  day  will  it  go  to  the  vil- 
lage green  early  in  the  morning  for  the  milk  cer- 
emony {.tu.r  sashra)  The  Kocas  stand  nearby  and 
play  a  "corpse-bnnging -catching -cow"  tune  on 
the  oboe.  At  that  place  (a  patch  of  grass  within 
the  village),  a  milking  buffalo,  preferably  one  that 
belonged  to  the  dead  man.  is  led  counterclockw  i^e 
around  the  corpse  three  times:  the  corpse  is  now 
lying  on  the  ground  with  the  feet  pointing  toward 
the  south.  A  man  of  the  village  who  is  related  as 
classificatory  brother  or  father  leads  the  hand  of 
the  dead  until  it  touches  the  udder  and  then  directs 
a  small  amount  of  the  milk  into  the  mouth  of  the 
corpse.'1  A  peg  is  driven  in  the  ground  nearby  and 
the  buffalo  is  bed  to  it  until  the  next  move  of  the 
cot  Then,  one  of  the  dead  man's  oxen  is  brought 
along  and  some  gram  is  put  on  its  back  so  that  it 
may  drop  off  around  or  onto  the  corpse.  The 
corpse's  right  hand  is  made  to  touch  either  one  of 
the  animal's  horns  three  tunes. *  Once  the  corpse 
has  been  brought  back  in  a  procession  and  re- 
placed in  the  catafalque,  which  is  still  in  the  front 
yard  of  the  Great  House,  the  men  will  dance 
around  it  Already  the  affines  have  done  so  on  the 
village  green  after  the  milk  ceremony,  but  now  is 
the  first  time  that  everyone,  other  than  visiung 
affines.  is  allowed  to  dance  ■ 

The  next  step  (assuming  the  corpse  is  to  be  div 
posed  of  on  the  same  day)  is  to  remove  the  body 
on  its  cot  to  the  Funeral  Grassland,  where  again 
it  lies  with  its  head  to  the  west  and  its  feet  to  the 
east,  and  with  the  catafalque  standing  nearb>  \s 
people  reach  it.  they  remove  their  shoes  out  of 
respect.  Here.  too.  the  Rotas  play  their  music.  The 
Lwgayats.  who  burn  neither  corpse  nor  bed.  and 
the  rest  of  the  Badagas  would  now  dismantle  the 
catafalque  and  give  cloths  from  tt  to  the  Kolas. 


0  The  village  green  is  called  huaame  The 
remain  .  on  the  front  yard.  In  Sull  i  .mint  of  thts 

nte.  seven  bulls  or  oxen  were  brought  to  the  oaom 
were  led  around  the  corpse  three  tunes  and  then  driven 
off  One  animal  w  as  held  b\  the  boms  while  a  link  bo> 
held  b\  a  man  on  each  side,  rvxk  around  three  times  on 
the  seventh  bull.  He  earned  a  quarter  bag  of  line  aulkx 
which  he  poured  out  over  the  corpse.  Then  the  hand  of 
the  corpse  was  placed  on  the  horn  of  that  bull.  Oram, 
hecansr  ngor  moms  had  set  in.  the  hand  would  not 
move,  so  the  man  simply  touched  it  and  then  touched 
the  horn.  If  necessary  some  afnnes  caught  and  held  the 
animal,  and  this  corresponds  to  the  Toda  rale  that  awn 
of  the  opposite  moiety  to  that  of  the  deceased  must  catch 
their  buffaloes  (Rivers    ^*    B  mm  -rported  ear- 

lier that  "two  or  three  buffaloes  ma>  be  let  loose,  and 
one  of  them  captured,  after  the  manner  of  the  Todax 
brought  near  the  corpse,  and  conducted  round  the  oat" 
(Thurston  l«JOh.  l*Vi.  Capturing  these  animals  used  to 
be  a  wav  lot  visiting  armies  to  show  of!  t 
(Monke';^- 

This  was  not  done,  howevet  at  Wodeya  funerals. 


>v 


The  buffalo 
round  the  corpse,  are  omitted.  But  a 
heifer  are  selected,  and  branded  oa  the 
means  of  a  hot  iron,  with  the  ungam  and 
Nems  Bedecked  w  *h  cloths  and  jewels,  they  are 
led  to  the  side  of  the  corpse  and  made  to 
a  blanket  spread  on  the  ground  The>  are 
it  they  were  Ungams.  and  puja  is  done  to  mem  by 
ring  cocoamm  and  betel  leaves,  and  throwing 
flowers  over  them.  Roan  J  mew  necks  kaakaaams 
(marriage  threads)  are  txd  They  are  made  to  mm 
m  to  face  away  from  the  corpse,  and  their  tails 
are  placed  in  the  hands  cheroot  \a  elder  then  pro- 
ceeds with  the  rccitabon  ot  the  dead  person's  sins 
(Thurston  !«*.*  !«**-*».  Thurston  and  tangnrhnn 
lvXH  1    121k 

"  Mu.  m  avnjmm.  "Thereafter  the  buffalo  must  not  be 
sold,  having  become  sacred.  This  rule,  however,  is  not 
alwavs  obscivcd.  especially   il  a  good  once  is  offered 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


:i 


Members  of  the  non-Lingayat  phratries  carry 
parts  of  the  disassembled  structure  to  the  crema- 
tion ground  and  use  them  in  creating  the  pyre 
(though  rarely  today,  as  the  material  is  now  the 
common  property  of  the  village). 

Someone  donates  a  calf,  which  is  brought  to 
the  Funeral  Grassland  to  use  as  a  "scapegoat," 
and  in  at  least  the  Ke:ti  Valley  area,  its  sex  cor- 
responds with  that  of  the  deceased  (Stokes  1882: 
174;  Natesa  Sastri  1892:  836;  Thurston  1906: 
196;  Noble  and  Noble  1965:  263).  Elsewhere,  the 
calf  was  a  male  (but  not  a  he-buffalo),  and  it 
would  be  promised  free  to  the  Kotas  present  once 
it  died.  The  calf,  which  has  never  been  worked  or 
castrated,  is  driven  around  the  cot  three  times  in 
a  counterclockwise  direction  and  is  then  driven 
away.  It  should  never  be  reclaimed  by  its  owner. 
The  Kotas  play  the  "bull-catching"  tune.  At  this 
time,  too,  a  cow  is  led  onto  the  Funeral  Grassland 
and  is  milked,  or  milk  is  brought  in  a  pot,  which 
is  emptied  onto  the  ground.36 

The  non-Lingayat  phratries  next  stand  for  the 
litany  of  sins  (PI.  11a;  Hockings  1988:  535,  Fig. 
31;  Lingayats  in  general  never  say  the  litany  of 
sins,  because  they  assume  that  the  deceased  was 
incapable  of  sin).  This  litany  is  said  by  one  or  two 
older,  knowledgable  men,  with  the  crowd  re- 
sponding at  the  end  of  each  line  as  the  leader 
waves  his  right  hand  toward  the  feet — at  other 
times,  a  gesture  of  blessing  (Thurston  and  Ran- 
gachari  1909,  I:  113).  The  prayer  is  actually  a 
long  list  of  all  possible  sins  that  the  deceased 
might  have  committed  rather  than  an  outright  con- 
demnation, and  the  prayer  asks  for  absolution. 
People  should  not  stand  in  front  of  the  feet  of  the 
corpse,  to  its  north,"  and  thereby  face  the  man 
saying  the  prayer.  Since  the  litany  is  very  long,  it 
is  not  surprising  that  almost  any  recitation  of  it 
differs  from  any  other  one  (Hockings  1988:  526- 
57).  The  following  is  my  compilation38  of  all  sins 
that  may  be  mentioned,  if  they  are  remembered 
correctly. 

This  is  the  death  of 


In  his  memory  the  calf  Bassava  is  set  free, 

Bassava  the  holy  ox,  born  of  the  brindled 
cow  Barrige. 

From  this  world  to  the  other  one, 

He  goes  in  a  chariot. 

Let  the  man's  body  return  to  the  earth; 

Let  the  breath  given  by  Siva  go  back  to 
Siva. 


for  the  animal"  ("Miles"  1933:  75).  An  anonymous 
Victorian  writer,  S.W.H.,  stated  that  this  "operation  is 
repeated  to  six  or  eight  buffaloes,  which  are  then  set 
loose,  the  same  ceremony  being  repeated  to  the  same 
number  of  cattle.  The  animals  are  supposed  to  be  used 
by  the  dead  man  in  Paradise,  where  he  ploughs  his 
fields,  &c;  so  that,  once  having  been  consecrated,  they 
are  left  in  idleness  till  they  die  a  natural  death"  (Anon- 
ymous—S.W.H.  1879:  150-51).  Properly,  no  other  cattle 
should  be  milked  in  the  village  that  day,  "as  this  is  the 
day  the  dead  drinks  milk"  (Belli  Gowder  1923-1941: 
8). 

14  MacNamara  (1912:  151).  With  Lingayats,  it  is  gen- 
erally the  left  hand.  The  Todas  have  a  parallel  ritual  with 
sacrificed  buffaloes.  Not  many  Badagas  own  buffaloes 
or  oxen  today.  If  they  have  them,  the  chosen  buffalo 
may  become  frightened  by  the  crowd  and  the  music. 
Because  of  this,  the  man  generally  puts  a  small  amount 
of  the  milk  into  his  own  right  hand  and  then  transfers  it 
to  the  mouth  of  the  corpse.  Similarly,  he  may  touch  the 
horns  of  the  ox  with  one  hand  while  with  the  other  he 
holds  the  hand  of  the  corpse.  Dead  Badaga  women  do 
not  receive  these  rites  because  women  never  milk  cattle. 
Harkness  (1832:  132)  saw  10-12  buffaloes  milked  into 
the  mouth  of  the  corpse. 

Thurston  (1906:  190)  and  other  early  writers  describe 
the  touching  of  the  buffalo  and  its  milking  as  having 
taken  place  on  the  yard  soon  after  the  corpse  was  re- 
moved from  the  house. 

35  If,  however,  the  corpse  is  to  be  disposed  of  on  the 
following  day,  then  only  the  affines  now  dance  around 
the  catafalque,  and  later  the  corpse  is  removed  to  the 
adjacent  veranda  for  the  night.  While  there,  the  door  of 
the  Great  House  must  remain  open,  and  a  light  must  be 
burning  inside  all  night  and  all  of  the  next  night  too. 
The  minor  cost  of  providing  this  light  is  met  by  the 
family  in  the  Great  House.  The  milk-giving  ritual,  unlike 
other  funerary  ritual,  can  actually  be  performed  before 
all  the  affines  arrive,  as  they  are  not  involved  in  it. 

36  Although  few  still  observe  the  prohibition,  a  dead 
man's  cattle  should  not  be  milked  or  used  in  ploughing, 
except  for  this  one  cow,  which  provides  milk  for  the 
ritual.  That  cow  can  be  milked  beforehand,  and  the  milk 
may  be  kept  ready  in  the  cowshed.  In  earlier  centuries 
a  man's  cattle  were  set  free  immediately  after  his  death. 
Other  villagers  would  hence  be  anticipating  the  death, 
since  they  had  to  protect  their  fields  from  the  loose  cat- 
tle. Once  the  corpse  had  been  disposed  of,  however,  the 
sons  inheriting  the  man's  property  would  bring  the  cattle 
in  again  and  use  them.  The  cattle  should  not  be  milked 
because  "During  the  first  two  days  of  mourning  the 
milk-house  may  not  be  entered,  but  on  the  third  day  it 
may  be  once  more  used"  (Natesa  Sastri  1892:  841).  It 
is  a  sacred  place,  not  to  be  entered  by  women  or  to  be 
polluted  by  those  who  have  just  experienced  a  death. 

37  The  orientation  of  the  body  here  and  in  the  Lingayat 
burial  implies  that  north  is  the  direction  the  soul  will  be 
going.  Yet  the  original  Badaga  and  Toda  idea  was  that 
it  was  toward  an  afterworld  in  the  west  that  the  soul 
traveled,  and  quite  specifically,  one  lying  in  the  west- 
ernmost Nilgiris,  an  area  called  Malla:du.  Several  an- 
ecdotes support  this.  Thus,  early  in  the  20th  century, 


22 


Chapter  Two 


He  [the  dead]  has  indeed  sinned  thirteen 

hundred  times. 
All  the  sins  committed  by  his  ancestors; 
All  the  sins  committed  by  his  forefathers; 
All  the  sins  committed  by  his  parents; 
All  the  sins  committed  by  himself — 
May  they  fall  at  the  feet  of  Bassava! 


If 


had  carnal  enjoyment  in  this 


world,  it  is  a  sin.  [Response:  A  sin] 

If did  evil  toward  his  father  or 

his  grandfather,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  wronged  all  the  past  generations, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  was  sinful  towards  his  parents, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  did  evil  towards  his  father-in-law 

or  mother-in-law,  it  is  a  sin. 

If  he  had  carnal  relations  with  his 

daughter-in-law,  or  his  own  children, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  brought  about  enmity  between 

brothers,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  broke  a  bond  of  friendship, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  has  killed  a  lizard,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  has  killed  a  great  lizard,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  has  killed  an  ant-eating  lizard, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  has  killed  a  frog,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  moved  a  boundary-stone  over, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  removed  the  field  fences  and  let 

animals  out,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  removed  thorny  branches  around  a 

field  to  let  animals  in,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  broke  the  growing  plant,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  wasted  dried  firewood,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  cut  the  field  pea  stealthily,  it  is  a 

sin. 
If  he  cut  the  raspberry  outside  his 

boundary,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  dragged  away  the  sharp  branches 

of  holly,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  plucked  young  plants  and  threw 

them  in  the  sunlight,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  swept  with  a  broom,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  discarded  seeds  of  grain,  it  is  a  sin. 


a  group  of  ():rana:yi  men  watched  a  familiar  man  from 
Ka:te:n  walk  past  them  in  a  wester!)  direction.  Although 
the)  shouted  and  shouted,  he  did  not  reply,  and  hall  an 
hour  later  some  messengers  came  to  sa)  that  he  had  just 
died  in  his  bed  (I  have  recorded  two  other  ghost  stories 
from  the  same  village  that  make  the  same  point  about 
ghosts  along  the  path  going  west  from  Kate.ri.) 

■  Based  on  Met/  (1864:  SO  SI).  JagOT  (1876:  197 
98).  Thurston  ( 1906:  193-95),  Thurston  and  Rangachan 
<I909.  1:  114-15).  Samikannu  (1922:  36  38).  Beth 
Gowder  (1923-1941:  I  >.  Karl  <  1945:  22  24).  and  Noble 
and  Noble  ( 1965:  269  72):  only  Hockings  ( 1988:  526- 
57.  no.  I  I25a-d)  gives  the  original  texts  Restrictions  in 
space  prevent  me  from  exploring  the  underlying  Badaga 
ethics  more  fully  here;  cf.  Hockings  (1988). 


Proverb   676   (Hockings    1988:    348)   counsels 

"Don't  create  a  rift  between  brothers;  and  don't  move 
the  definite  field  divisions." 


Proverb  676  (Hockings  1988:  348)  makes  the  same 

point:  "Don't  create  a  rift  between  brothers:  and  don't 
move  the  definite  field  divisions." 

Proverb    1096b   (Hockings    I9SS:    515)   warns: 

"Don't  destroy  the  field!  Don't  malign  the  village!" 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


23 


If  he  used  a  cow  to  plough  the  land, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  milked  a  cow  liberated  as  a  calf 

at  a  funeral,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  coveted  a  cow  or  buffalo  yielding 

milk  abundantly,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  coveted  the  good  crops  of  others, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  was  jealous  of  another  village, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  spoke  evil  of  another  region 

(na.du),  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  welcomed  strangers  instead  of 

friends,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  refused  food  to  the  hungry, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  refused  fire  to  someone  half  frozen, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  troubled  the  poor  and  cripples, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  misled  strangers  in  the  forest, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  created  obstacles  towards  charitable 

deeds,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  spoke  abusively  to  someone,  it  is 

a  sin. 
If  he  beat  someone,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  threw  thorns  on  the  road,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  tore  his  dress  angrily  when  it 

caught  on  thorns,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  told  lies,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  drove  away  brothers  and  sisters, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  showed  ingratitude  to  a  priest, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  showed  disrespect  toward  a  teacher, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  spat  disrespectfully  before  someone, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  spat  on  Ganga  [a  stream  or  river], 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  polluted  Ganga  with  feces,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  crossed  a  river  without  paying 

respects  to  Ganga,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  broke  the  dam  of  another,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  let  someone's  water  supply  run 

away,  it  is  a  sin. 

If  he  urinated  on  burning  embers,  it  is 
a  sin. 


Proverb  1052a-b  (Hockings  1988:  498)  makes  ex- 
actly the  same  points:  "Don't  stare  [greedily  at  a]  milch 
buffalo!  Don't  point  the  finger  [enviously]  at  a  flourish- 
ing field!" 

Proverb  1096a  (Hockings  1988:  515)  states:  "Don't 

make  malicious  gossip  about  the  village!  Don't  criticize 
the  region!"  So  too  Proverb  1096b  (Hockings  1988: 
515)  warns:  "Don't  destroy  the  field!  Don't  malign  the 
village!" 


Proverb  483  (Hockings  1988:  276)  counsels:  "Give 

food  to  the  person  who  came  hungry;  give  [hot]  drink 
to  the  one  who  came  shivering." 


Proverb    1030   (Hockings    1988:   490-91)   makes 

much  the  same  point:  "If  a  wealthy  man  is  beating  a 
poor  man,  the  gods  will  beat  that  wealthy  man." 


Proverb  1017  (Hockings  1988:  485)  says:  "Don't 

speak  disparagingly!  Don't  spit  in  a  river!" 

Proverb  547  (Hockings  1988:  296)  makes  much  the 

same  point:  "Don't  slap  an  outsider's  son!  And  don't  eat 
a  whole  mouthful  of  onions!" 


Also  stated  in  Proverb  338a-b  (Hockings   1988: 

220):  "You  shouldn't  appear  to  be  disrespectful  towards 
a  teacher." 

Proverb   1017  (Hockings   1988:  485)  makes  the 

same  two  points:  "Don't  speak  disparagingly!  Don't  spit 
in  a  river!" 


But  in  contradiction  to  this  is  Proverb  553a  (Hock- 
ings 1988:  298).  which  says:  "For  both  flowing  water 
and  burning  fire  there  is  no  pollution."  Also  Proverb 
553b  (idem.)  says:  "The  muddiness  of  water  will  get 
cleared  by  the  water."  Nonetheless,  such  behavior  as 
putting  urine  or  feces  in  a  river  is  viewed  as  an  insult 
to  the  goddess  Ganga. 

Proverb  414a-b  (Hockings  1988:  250-51)  makes  a 

similar  point:  "Both  the  man  who  is  abusing  [you  be- 
hind your  back  and  the]  man  who  breaks  down  the  dam 
[are  alike]. 


24 


Chapter  Two 


If  he  bared  his  rice-cakes  [buttocks]  in 

the  sunshine,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  threw  dirty  water  towards  the 

sunshine,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  watched  the  snake  swallowing  the 

moon  [an  eclipse]  and  then  slept,  it 

is  a  sin. 
If  he  gnashed  his  teeth  at  innocent  babes 

[in  anger  or  ridicule],  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  committed  adultery  with  a  woman, 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  raised  his  foot  against  his  mother. 

it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  laughed  at  a  sister  with  evil  in  his 

heart,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  got  on  a  cot  while  his  father-in-law 

slept  on  the  ground,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  sat  on  a  raised  veranda  while  his 

mother-in-law  sat  on  the  ground,  it  is 

a  sin. 
[Alternatively,  for  a  dead  woman — If  the 

daughter-in-law  climbed  up  into  the 

loft  when  her  mother-in-law  was  in 

the  house,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  the  daughter-in-law  sat  on  the  sleeping 

platform,  it  is  a  sin.] 
If  he  killed  anything,  whether  snakes  or 

cows,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  caught  a  bird  and  fed  it  to  a  cat, 

it  is  a  sin. 

If  he  killed  lizards  and  blood-suckers, 
it  is  a  sin. 

If  he  poisoned  someone's  food,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  made  false  statements  against 

someone,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  showed  a  wrong  path,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  complained  to  the  magistrate,  it  is 

a  sin. 
If  he  went  against  natural  instincts  after 

reaching  adulthood,  it  is  a  sin. 
If  he  committed  even  three  hundred  sins, 

may  Lord  Siva  forgive  his  sins  and  take 

them  from  him! 
May  all  his  good  deeds  open  up  the  way. 
Holding  the  feet  of  Brahma, 
Holding  the  feet  of  Basava  set  free  today. 
Holding  the  feet  of  six  thousand  godly 

saints. 
Holding  the  feet  of  twelve  thousand  pious 

people. 


Proverb  419  refers  lo  smirking  as  undesirable  be- 
havior (Hockings  1988:  252).  ihus:  "Don't  trusi  the 
words  of  a  person  who  is  always  smiling,  nor  sunshine 
in  the  rainy  season."" 


Proverb  274  (Hockings  1988:  196)  advises:     Don't 

look  [at  her  with  a)  sidelong  glance;  and  don't  smile 
| with  bared]  teeth  at  a  beauty." 


Proverb   1079  (Hockings   1988:   509)  makes  the 

same  points:  "When  your  husbands  father  is  present, 
don't  get  up  onto  the  sleeping  platform:  when  your  hus- 
band's mother  is  present,  don't  go  up  on  the  ladder!"* 


A  proverb,  no.  1151  (Hockings  1988:  596).  warns: 

"The  person  who  has  killed  won't  escape  [his  own]  mur- 
der." 


Proverb   311    (Hockings    1988:    211)   counsels: 

"Lodge  no  complaint  at  a  court;  put  no  poison  in  any 
food";  while  Proverb  1014a  (Hockings  1988:  484) 
makes  much  the  same  point:  "He  who  has  spoken  | ma- 
licious] gossip  will  not  [survive]  until  evening;  he  who 
has  given  a  potion  will  not  [survive]  till  late  morning." 

Similarly.  Proverb  IOI4b-c  (Hockings  1988:  484 

85)  advises:  "He  who  has  spoken  [malicious]  gossip  will 
not  [survive]  until  evening:  he  who  is  giving  taunts  will 
not  [win]  three  friendships. " 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


25 


Let  the  saints  and  the  pious  ones  join 

together  for  him! 
May  he  become  one  with  them! 
May  he  reach  the  pious  group! 
May  the  doors  of  heaven  be  open  for  him! 
May  the  door  of  hell  be  closed  to  him! 
May  the  hand  of  heaven  be  extended! 
May  the  hand  of  hell  be  shortened! 
May  the  ocean  of  death  give  way  before 

the  departed  soul! 
May  his  soul  reach  eternal  bliss! 
May  he  be  reunited  with  the  other  life- 
partner! 
May  the  door  of  heaven  open  suddenly! 
May  splendor  appear  everywhere! 
May  the  burning  pillars  be  cooled! 
May  the  thread  bridge  become  firm  enough 

for  his  passage! 
If  his  path  is  obstructed  by  thorn  bushes, 

may  he  easily  find  a  way  through  them! 
May  his  path  to  the  other  world  be  clear  of 

all  obstructions! 
May  the  house  of  wickedness  be  closed! 
May  the  house  of  righteousness  prevail ! 
May  the  mouth  of  the  dragon  be  closed! 
May  the  pit  of  worms  be  closed  to  him! 
May  the  wicked  hands  of  the  deceased  be 

prevented  from  sinning  yet  again! 
May  his  hands  be  extended  in  charity 

towards  others  yet  again! 
May  he  pass  on  to  the  place  of  the  golden 

pillars! 
May  he  lean  on  the  silver  pillars  after  his 

journey! 
May  all  his  sins  be  forgiven! 
May  he  seize  the  feet  of  a  thousand  priests! 
May  he  seize  the  feet  of  three  hundred 

priests! 
May  he  seize  Basava's  feet! 
May  he  approach  the  feet  of  Brahma,  the 

Deity  who  originally  endowed 

everything! 
May  he  approach  the  face  of  Siva! 
Thus  may  the  soul  of  the  departed  join 

Siva's  generation! 
So  be  it!  [Response:  So  be  it!] 

Once  the  sins  have  been  listed  and  the  calf39  39M6rike  (1857:  60)  says  they  were  listed  three  times, 

released,  the  corpse  is  thought  to  be  pure.  At  this        The  calf  is  not  always  available.  "At  the  funerals  of 

26  Chapter  Two 


point  most  relatives  walk  three  times  around  the 
corpse  "with  earth  on  their  heads  and  hatchets  in 
their  hands"  (Metz  1864:  79)  and  put  a  little  earth 
on  the  face  as  they  say:  "Mud  for  the  mouth  of 
the  man  that  died;  (but]  gruel  for  the  mouth  of 
the  living"  (Hockings  1988:  193,  no.  263).  This 
symbolizes  three  daily  meals. 

After  this,  all  Badaga  phratries  except  the 
Wodeyas  perform  the  "grain-carrying  rite,"4"  the 
ceremonial  placing  of  grain  on  the  corpse.  The 
Funeral  Grassland  is  generally  on  the  edge  of  the 
village,  on  the  way  to  the  cremation  or  burial 
ground.41  The  corpse  is  left  there  with  a  few  men 
as  well  as  with  some  classificatory  daughters  and 
sisters,  while  everyone  who  is  to  be  in  the  pro- 
cession returns  to  the  front  yard  of  the  Great 
House.  For  a  dead  woman.  Jagor  noted,  now 
"there  follows  the  recounting  of  the  female  vir- 
tues by  one  woman,  then  by  several  others.  People 
place  a  little  tobacco,  betel  leaves  and  sugar  for 
the  corpse,  formed  into  rolls  on  a  plate,  the  middle 
of  them  held  together  by  a  finger-ring"  (Jagor 
1914:  43-44,  trans.).  When  the  women  are  weep- 
ing over  a  dead  child,  they  often  address  the  soul 
of  a  relative  already  dead  who  had  seen  the  child 
when  both  were  still  alive.  They  ask  him  or  her 
to  introduce  the  child  to  its  ancestors  in  heaven, 
lest  the  ancestors  not  recognize  who  it  is. 

At  the  Great  House,  the  village  priest,  or  some 
postmenopausal  lady  who  belongs  to  the  village, 
hands  out  pounded  grain  that  he  or  she  has  care- 
fully mixed  with  bits  of  Bermuda  grass42  and  a 
little  clarified  butter.  The  grain  has  been  husked 
beforehand  in  the  Great  House  or  in  the  house  of 
the  founder  of  the  bereaved  family's  lineage,  and 
it  should  be  a  particular  millet.4'  A  mortar  there 
is  first  swept  out  with  hubbe  twigs  (six  distinct 
species;  Hockings  and  Pilot-Raichoor  1992:  596), 
and  then  fresh  cow  dung  is  smeared  on  the  inside 
of  the  mortar.  Raw  millet  is  placed  in  the  mortar 
three  times,  and  each  time  it  is  pounded  and  then 
winnowed  (nowadays  not  at  all  conscientiously). 
The  woman  who  winnows  mixes  in  the  clarified 
butter  and  pieces  of  grass  and  then  distributes  a 
little  to  each  of  the  people  in  turn.  All  the  males 
of  generations  junior44  to  that  of  the  deceased  and 
related  to  the  dead  person  as  agnates  stand  in  sin- 
gle file.  They  are  first  ranked  according  to  their 
generation  level  and  then  within  each  level  ac- 
cording to  absolute  age.  with  the  oldest  coming 
first  (Figs.  8b.  9a  and  b).  In  1963,  for  example, 
there  were  altogether  five  such  generation  levels 
in  0:rana:yi,  whereas  the  neighboring  village  of 
Ka:te:ri,  which  is  larger,  had  six.  Gauda  men  of 


which  we  were  spectators,  no  calf  was  brought  near  the 
corpse,  and  ihe  celebrants  of  the  rites  were  satisfied  with 
the  mere  mention  bv  name  of  a  call  .  .  ."  (Thurston 
llX>6:  195-96;  see  also  Francis  ll*)X:  134;  Thurston  and 
Rangachan  I  WW.  I:  l!7>. 


'Akkivettudu  sa:stira  or  akkive:  ta:stara. 


41  Not  ever)  hamlet  has  a  cremation  or  burial  ground. 
It  was  common,  particularly  in  the  past,  lor  several  small 
contiguous  hamlets  to  share  one  ground. 


4:  Called  xarikc.  or  Cynodon  dactylon.  Thurston 
(1906:  196)  said  that  a  little  cow  dung  is  added,  but  he 
may  have  been  mistaken:  it  could  have  been  the  butter 


■"This  is  koraji,  or  foxtail  millet  {Setaria  itaiica). 
Nowadays  it  is  not  normally  grown,  and  rice  is  com- 
monly used.  I  knew  one  old  lady  who  kept  some  foxtail 
millet  that  was  then  a  quarter  of  a  century  old.  retained 
just  for  this  ritual.  Badagas  or  Todas  will  still  occasion 
ally  walk  to  the  Me:l  Si: me  area  (the  neighboring  Bili- 
giri-Rangan  Hills)  to  purchase  some  of  this  millet  from 
the  small  Badaga  community  there. 


44  Hence  this  giving  of  grain  cannot  be  done  for  dead 
children.  A  dead  child  is  kept  lor  a  lew  minutes  in  the 
front  yard,  where  it  is  held  by  some  old  man  of  the 
lineage,  though  not  one  of  his  or  her  household.  After 
this,  the  corpse  is  carried  straight  to  the  funeral  (irass 
land,  held  there  for  a  few  minutes  too.  and  is  then  carried 
on  to  the  burial  or  cremation  ground.  The  corpse  cannot 
be  carried  by  a  woman  or  child.  Another  old  man.  gen- 
erally the  oldest  in  the  village,  leads  this  procession  and 
carries  a  crowbar  (see  below  ).  Hvcry  cremation  or  burial 
ground  has  a  separate  place  for  the  burial  of  children. 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


27 


the  same  generation  as  a  dead  woman  do  not 
place  the  grain  mixture  on  her  corpse.  Lingayat 
men  of  that  generation  do,  however.  Lingayats  say 
that  an  elder  brother's  wife  is  "equal  to  a  moth- 
er," and  hence  they  perform  the  rite  as  they  would 
for  a  classificatory  mother;  but  Gaudas  claim  that 
a  brother's  wife  can  become  one's  own  wife,  and 
so  they  do  not  place  the  mixture  under  these  cir- 
cumstances. No  one  does  it  who  is  of  a  senior 
generation  to  the  deceased. 

One  by  one  the  people  in  the  file  come  up  to 
the  old  lady,  who  gives  each  a  small  quantity  of 
the  grain  mixture  from  a  winnow  she  is  holding. 
They  hold  this  above  their  heads  between  their 
two  hands,45  with  the  grass  and  a  knife  projecting 
from  between  the  fingers.  The  leading  man  of 
each  generation  level,  who  must  also  carry  a  small 
knife,46  has  an  umbrella  held  over  him  by  a  man 
of  the  village;  he  cannot  be  an  affine.  This  man 
stands  at  his  left  side,  as  a  mark  of  worthiness,  so 
that  the  various  generations  in  the  line  are  clearly 
to  be  seen. 

The  line  of  people  is  led  by  a  Kota  band,  if 
present,  and  then  by  the  oldest  male  of  the  sen- 
iormost  generation,47  who  walks  with  bared  chest 
and  carries  a  billhook  (Fig.  9a;  remember,  he  may 
not  be  of  a  generation  senior  to  the  deceased).  The 
women,  who  follow  all  the  men  and  boys,  are  also 
organized  according  to  age.  This  is  the  only  part 
of  the  funeral  for  which  they  remove  their  head- 
cloths.  Behind  them  and  last  in  the  order  is  the 
surviving  spouse,  if  there  is  one  (but  he/she  may 
be  followed  by  a  second  Kota  band).  A  few  close 
male  relatives  who  accompany  this  person  may 
hold  a  canopy  attached  to  four  umbrellas  over  the 
head  of  the  surviving  spouse  during  this  proces- 
sion, while  they  chant  "o:  hau  haiC  The  coun- 
terclockwise circuit  of  the  other  relatives,  by  con- 
trast, is  conducted  in  complete  silence.  The  widow 
or  widower,  as  the  case  may  be,  also  carries  the 
grain  mixture,  but  in  her/his  case,  the  tool  is  a 
sickle,  held  with  the  point  upward  (Figs.  9a  and 
b).  This,  as  well  as  the  other  knives  used  in  the 
ritual,  are  all  kept  ready  in  the  house  where  the 
grain  was  distributed.  Aside  from  the  widow, 
women  in  this  line  carry  no  implements  at  all. 

The  Kota  musicians,  if  present,  lead  and  also 
follow  as  a  group,  but  everyone  else  comes  in 
single  file.  They  all  go  around  the  corpse  three 
times  in  a  counterclockwise  direction,  while  the 
widow  or  widower  goes  around  three  times  in  a 
clockwise  direction  and  stops  at  the  foot  of  the  cot 
(whether  or  not  the  surviving  spouse  was  the 
younger  one).  Until  she/he  is  in  that  place,  the 


45  The  youngest  children  in  the  line  may  have  to  be 
carried  by  others,  but  still  the  grain  is  in  their  hands,  or, 
if  it  is  more  convenient,  it  is  just  held  against  a  hand. 
During  the  time  that  they  hold  the  grain,  people  should 
not  chant  "o:  hau  hau,"  because  this  implies  comple- 
tion. 

Natesa  Sastri  states  that  balls  of  this  mixture  are  made 
in  a  set  number,  either  31,  41,  51,  or  61  of  them;  each 
person  would  get  several.  In  his  day,  the  direction  of  the 
procession  for  placing  the  mixture  was  seemingly  re- 
versed for  the  females  who  were  participating:  "all  the 
males  go  round  by  the  right  and  the  females  by  the  left" 
(Natesa  Sastri  1892:  835;  see  also  Thurston  1906:  196). 
Also  of  interest  in  his  quite  detailed  account  is  that  the 
empty  pot  from  which  the  cooked  rice  and  butter  and 
several  other  kinds  of  grain  were  distributed  is  taken  up 
on  the  end  of  a  reaping  hook  by  an  "old  woman,"  pre- 
sumably the  widow.  After  all  have  thrown  the  balls  of 
food  onto  the  corpse,  the  woman  "breaks  the  mud  vessel 
at  its  feet."  He  adds  that  this  means  that  "enough  has 
been  done  for  the  departed  and  that  the  dead  man's  con- 
nection with  those  alive  has  entirely  ceased  by  the  break- 
ing of  the  pot"  (Natesa  Sastri  1892:  835).  Todas  have  a 
similar  pot-breaking  rite  at  the  conclusion  of  their  fu- 
nerals, and  the  practice  is  widespread  in  India  (Rivers 
1906:  383,  698). 

46  Indeed,  anyone  who  wants  to  may  carry  such  a 
knife. 

47  The  women  who  take  part  follow  the  males  and  are 
not  so  important;  in  some  funerals,  no  women  travel  in 
this  procession  at  all.  Only  daughters,  sons'  daughters, 
and  daughters'  daughters,  whether  actual  or  classifica- 
tory, participate.  These  women  are  divided  up  in  order 
of  generation  level.  However,  the  leading  woman — the 
oldest — of  each  generation  level  is  not  "marked"  by  an 
umbrella, 'as  the  men  are. 

All  men  who  participate  ought  to  be  bare-chested  as 
well  as  bareheaded,  but  now  most  of  them  wear  shirts. 

In  very  exceptional  cases,  a  man  may  have  two  wives 
and  may  be  about  to  perform  the  seventh-month-of- 
pregnancy  ceremony  for  one  of  them  when  the  other  one 
dies.  In  such  a  situation,  he  will  need  to  keep  his  beard 
in  order  to  do  the  seventh-month  ritual,  and,  therefore, 
he  will  not  perform  the  funeral  obsequies  for  his  other 
wife  but  rather  will  allow  his  brother  to  do  so. 


28 


Chapter  Two 


leader  of  the  file  cannot  deposit  some  of  the  grain 
mixture  on  the  corpse.  Then,  one  after  the  other, 
everyone  places  a  little  of  it  on  the  head  of  the 
body.  When  they  have  all  finished,  the  widow  or 
widower  places  some  of  the  mixture  at  the  feet  of 
the  corpse  (Fig.  1  lb  and  Drawing  2A).4* 

Next,  the  right  and  then  the  left  earring  of  the 
widow  or  widower  are  removed  and.  with  a  wid- 
ow, the  finger  and  nose  ring  are  removed  as  well. 
If  she  has  a  necklace,  it  is  taken  off  and  the  ta.li 
(marriage  emblem)  is  broken.  All  this  is  done  by 
an  agnatic  relative  for  a  widower  or  by  a  classi- 
ficatory  husband's  brother  for  a  widow.  The  ob- 
jects are  given  to  a  man  from  the  dead  person's 
family.  Special  funereal  earrings  and  a  nose  ring 
may  then  be  put  on  or  twigs  of  false  bog-myrtle 
or  rolled-up  bits  of  palm  leaf  may  be  placed  in 
her  ears.  Once  this  ritual  is  over,  the  couple  is  no 
longer  considered  married.4''  The  bits  of  twig  or 
palm  leaf  are  removed  and  tied  into  a  corner  of 
the  corpse's  cloth  as  a  memento  (Belli  Gowder 
1923-1941:  9). 

Next,  a  sister  of  the  deceased,  whether  male  or 
female,  should  cut  some  hair  from  her  head  and 
tie  it  to  the  right  big  toe  or  even  to  both  big  toes 
of  the  corpse  (Thurston  and  Rangachari  1909,  I: 
1 1 8).50  She  must  then  go  around  the  cot  once  in 
a  counterclockwise  direction,  starting  at  the  leg  to 
the  right  (east)  of  the  head,  bow  down,  and  touch 
the  ground  with  both  hands,  each  time  with  some- 
body helping  her  up.  Similarly,  other  close  female 
relatives,  such  as  a  classificatory  daughter,  son's 
daughter,  or  sister,  may  go  around  doing  this  too 
(though  this  rite  is  no  longer  always  done).  Then, 
after  they  have  fallen  down  like  this,  "throwing 
themselves  howling  to  the  ground,  the  women 
press  around  the  body  again,  talk  to  it  and  sob" 
(Jagor  1876:  198,  trans.).  Some  of  them  will  say 
things  like.  "Tell  my  husband  I'm  too  old  to  live 
in  this  world  now:  ask  him  to  beg  God  to  let  me 
come  there!"  Or,  "Tell  my  father  1  now  have 
many  children!"  And  perhaps,  too,  "Women  at- 
tached to  a  (dead]  man  by  an  illegitimate  tie 
sometimes  also  cut  off  a  lock  of  hair,  and,  tying 
it  to  a  twig  of  (false  bog-myrtle],  place  it  inside 
the  cloth"  (Thurston  and  Rangachari  1909,  I: 
113)." 

At  last  the  corpse  is  carried  off  by  four  men  to 
the  burial  or  burning  ground  while  it  is  still  on  its 
cot  (Fig.  15b).  The  order  of  the  procession  is,  first, 
the  Kota  musicians;  then  the  man  who  led  the 
grain-placing  rite  (now  carrying  a  pot  of  fire  from 
the  Great  House,  with  which  to  drive  away  ghosts 
that  lurk  near  the  funeral  ground)  (Fig.  16a);  then 


In  Kc:ti  and  one  or  two  other  villages,  where  there  is 
a  (vestigial)  hunting  ceremony  (br:da  habba).  one  fu- 
nerary knife  is  very  elaborate  (see  Fig.  1 2a  and  Drawing 
3).  This  is  owned  by  the  entire  village  hut  is  only  used 
very  rarely  at  the  funerals  of  particularly  important  men. 
Thurston  (1906:  191-92)  described  such  a  tool  as  "a 
double  iron  sickle  with  imitation  buffalo  horns  on  the 
tip  which  is  placed  with  a  hatchet,  huguri  (flute),  and 
walking-stick,  on  the  cot  or  on  the  ground  beside  it"  by 
the  Kota  associate  who  brings  these. 

4*  This  grain  is  not  considered  food  for  the  dead  but 
rather  is  a  reminder  that  this  is  the  fruit  of  their  labor, 
now  being  offered  out  of  respect  for  the  dead.  There  is 
an  implication  that  the  more  junior  people  will  feed  the 
senior  people. 

If  a  widow  dies,  since  her  husband  is  already  dead, 
his  brother  performs  this  ritual  on  her  body — indeed,  he 
does  all  the  appropriate  rituals — or  else  this  item  is  omit- 
ted. When  a  widower  dies,  however,  no  one  places  grain 
on  his  feet. 

In  the  early  20th  century  and  before,  if  a  man  was  an 
outcast  or  if  he  converted  to  Christianity  (which  amount- 
ed to  the  same  thing),  his  Hindu  brother  would  perform 
all  the  funeral  rituals  when  his  Hindu  wife  died. 

4"  The  plant  is  moranda.  or  Dodomra  angustifolia.  I 
have  heard  of  a  funeral  being  delayed  for  some  time 
while  everyone  hunted  for  the  plant. 

A  Wodeya  widow  also  used  to  break  an  iron  bangle  on 
the  cot  beside  the  corpse,  but  now  she  breaks  one  that 
simulates  iron  but  is  made  of  black  glass.  Only  when  a 
woman  does  this  ode  (breaking)  ritual  at  a  dry  funeral  for 
her  long-missing  husband  is  she  then  free  to  remarry  fol- 
lowing the  korumbu  ritual,  and  she  remains  with  her  sec- 
ond husband  even  if  the  first  one  eventually  reappears. 

A  widow  is  not  obliged  to  perform  the  ritual  at  her 
husband's  funeral  if  he  had  not  yet  paid  the  bridewealth. 
His  relatives,  however,  would  pay  the  sum  at  once  to 
ensure  that  she  does  it.  This  money  is  put  on  the  funer- 
ary cot  next  to  the  knees  of  the  deceased  by  the  headman 
or  the  go-between  (bejega.ra).  so  that  when  the  guar- 
antor (honega.ra)  arrives,  he  can  take  it  straightaway  to 
the  woman's  father. 

In  the  extraordinary  funeral  described  by  Mrs.  Schad 
(1911).  the  ceremony  occurred  on  the  very  day  that  the 
dead  youth  was  supposed  to  be  married.  His  young  bride 
was  therefore  given  a  ta.li.  or  marriage  emblem,  from 
his  own  dead  hand.  She  was  then  stripped  of  it  and  her 
jewelry,  immediately  became  a  widow,  and  was  led 
away  (Schad  191 1:  6).  The  gift  of  the  tali  to  such  a  girl 
can  also  be  made  by  a  brother  or  a  classificatory  brother 
of  the  deceased.  He  says.  "Shall  I  give  the  ta.li'J"  three 
times,  then  touches  it  to  the  hand  of  the  corpse  and  puts 
it  around  the  girl's  neck.  (Often  the  hand  cannot  be 
moved  because  of  rigor  mortis.)  Similarly,  if  a  pregnant 
woman  dies  without  having  received  the  ta.li,  her  hus- 
band will  tie  it  to  her  body  at  this  point. 


yt  Wolf  has  written  at  length  about  the  symbolism  of 
tying  the  toes  together  (1997:  212  217).  though  without 
coming  to  a  particular  conclusion.  My  feeling  is  that 
there  is  a  functional  explanation.  If  the  two  feet  were 
not  tied  together  somehow,  it  would  be  quite  likely  dur- 
ing the  transporting  of  the  cot  over  rough  ground  that 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


29 


FUNERAL  PROCESSIONS 


(Diagrammatic) 


Procession  of  Relatives 
A 


Spouse's  Procession 


•"V*. V  '''Trees  and  Shrubs  -^>  '^•'~'i'"i/iL-^. -'■"" 


IMB1RAHATTI 
BURIAL  AND  CREMATIONS  GROUNDS 


spsi v52JPK  Q5U33  <5*Y&k  »i» 
•*^V^^ri^s^f  Ground  ^i??^  '"**  V 


Burial  with  headstone 
(Christian  Influence) 


Burials  covered  by  piled  stones 


V 


^Vy.  Hedge 


William  A.  Noble 


Drawing  2.     A.  Funeral  processions.  B.  Burial  and  cremation  grounds.  C.  Funeral  knives. 


30 


Chapter  Two 


one  of  the  women  who  have  just  been  falling 
down  (either  a  sister  of  a  dead  man  or  a  husband's 
sister  of  a  dead  woman);  then  the  cot  with  the 
corpse;  then  the  catafalque  (if  indeed  there  is 
one);  then  the  male  mourners;  and  finally  a  few 
women,  some  of  whom  carry  baskets  of  food  of- 
ferings and  kitchen  implements/-'  The  woman 
who  precedes  the  corpse  shakes  the  loose  upper 
part  of  her  body  cloth  from  side  to  side  all  the 
way,  while  still  wearing  it,  to  drive  any  evil  spirits 
away  (Thurston  1906:  196).  In  many  funerals  to- 
day, a  few  rupees'  worth  of  small  coins  (sukka 
ka.su)  are  thrown  away.  Some  are  thrown  in  the 
air  before  or  behind  the  corpse  as  it  proceeds  to 
the  burning  ground,  and  the  remainder  are  mixed 
in  with  puffed  amaranth  or  puffed  rice  and  are 
thrown  onto  the  pyre.  On  reaching  the  edge  of  the 
burial  or  burning  ground,  the  party  continues  on 
with  the  corpse,  but  the  Kotas  stop  there,  sit 
down,  and  go  on  playing.  As  people  enter  this 
ground,  they  remove  their  footwear,  out  of  respect 
for  the  dead. 


one  log  might  roll  askance,  revealing  the  genitals  of  the 
deceased  to  view.  Not  onl)  would  this  he  an  embarras- 
menl  to  the  beholders,  but  it  would  reveal  bodily  orifices 
that  foul-intentioncd  hovering  spirits  might  then  invade. 
For  this  same  reason  the  jaw  is  tied,  thus  keeping  the 
moulh  shut.  That  there  was  once  more  than  casual  in- 
terest in  the  orifices  of  the  dead  is  evidenced  in  Dubois's 
account  of  the  Hindu  funeral  in  premodern  Mysore 
(llM)6:  486).  where  he  describes,  with  some  disgust,  "a 
most  extraordinary  ceremony.  .  .  .  the  chief  mourner 
placing  his  lips  successively  to  all  the  apertures  of  (he 
deceaseds  bods,  addressing  to  each  a  mantram  appro- 
priate to  it.  kissing  it.  and  dropping  on  it  a  little  ghee. 
By  this  ceremony  the  body  is  supposed  to  be  complete!) 
purified." 

51  If  the  dead  man  happens  to  ha\e  left  a  widow  who 
is  pregnant  for  the  first  time  and  who  has  never  gone 
through  the  seventh-month  ceremony,  then  she  must  re- 
ceive the  marriage  thread  (kanni)  at  this  time,  to  make 
her  child  legitimate:  "The  pregnant  woman  is  .  .  brought 
close  to  the  col.  and  a  near  relation  of  the  deceased,  taking 
up  a  cotton  thread  twisted  in  the  form  of  a  necklace  with- 
out knots,  throws  it  round  her  neck.  Sometimes  the  hand 
of  the  corpse  is  lilted  up  with  the  thread,  made  to  place 
it  round  the  neck"  (Thurston  llX)6:  196;  see  also  Thursion 
and  Rangachari  1909.  I:  117). 

"  The  embers  arc  carried  in  a  new  pot.  formerly  made 
by  Kotas.  It  is  grasped  by  the  rim  with  a  bunch  of  hill 
mango  leaves  (iu:di\  or  Meliosma  simplicifolia),  so  that 
the  fingers  do  not  touch  the  pot.  In  a  Wodcya  funeral, 
no  woman  precedes  the  corpse. 


The  Funeral:  Taking  Away  the  Corpse 


31 


Fig.    1.     b.   Lingayat   corpses   are   displayed  in 
cross-legged  position. 


Fig.  1.  a.  Lingayat  corpses  are  displayed  and 
buried  in  a  cross-legged  position;  0:rana:yi.  (Note 
the  coin  and  handbell.) 


32  Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


Fig.  2.     a.  Bereaved  Lingayat  son  carries  grave-digging  hoe;  0:rana:yi. 
b.  Kotas  playing  at  an  0:rana:yi  funeral. 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


33 


Fig.  3.     a.  Special  dancing  skirt  at  an  0:rana:yi 
funeral. 


Fig.  3.     b.  Divisional  headman  (pa.rpatti)  danc- 
ing to  Kota  music  at  an  0:rana:yi  funeral. 


34  Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


Fig.  4.     a  (top)  and  b  (bottom):  Dancing  to  Kota  music  at  an  0:rana:yi  funeral.  1963. 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay  35 


Fig.  5.     a.  Special  dancing  dress  at  an  0:rana:yi 
funeral. 


Fig.  5.     b.  Kota  band  in  procession,  0:rana:yi. 


36  Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


Fig.  6.     a.  Kota  helps  construct  a  gu.da.ra  at  an  0:rana:yi  funeral. 

b.  Gauda  funeral  (with  gu.da.ra)  at  Mainele.  1963.  (Photograph:  William  A.  Noble.) 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


37 


Fig.  7.     a.  Catafalque  at  a  funeral  in  Hubbatale,  ca.  1925.  (Figure  continues  on  opposite  page.) 


38 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


Fig.  7.     b.  Widower  approaches  wife's  corpse  at  a  Hulla:da  funeral.  1963. 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay  39 


Fig.  8.     a.  Funeral  of  a  Ha:ruva  in  Osatti,  1963.  (Photograph:  William  A.  Noble.) 
b.  Funeral  procession  of  agnates  in  Hulla:da,  1963. 


40 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


Fig.  9.     a.  Lingayat  funeral  procession.  0:rana:yi. 


Fig.  9.     b.  Lingayat  funeral  procession,  0:rana:yi. 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay  41 


Fig.  10     a.  Funeral  procession  in  0:rana:yi. 

b.  Funeral  procession  of  agnates  in  Hullarda,  1963. 


42  Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


Fig.  11.     a.  The  litany  of  possible  sins  being  recited. 

b.  Bereaved  man  pays  respects  to  dead  spouse.  Hull.nl. i  (see  Drawing  2a). 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


43 


Fig.  12.     a.  Widower  carrying  a  complex  knife  in 
Hulla:da  (See  Drawing  2C). 


Fig.  12.     b.  Young  boy  pays  respects  to  a  dead 
agnate,  Hulla:da. 


44  Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


Fig.  13.     a.  Offerings  brought  for  a  dead  woman' 
funeral. 


Fig.  13.  b.  Bridge  of  thread  being  strung  across 
a  Lingayat  grave,  0:rana:yi.  (Note  two  small  lamps 
in  niches  in  the  wall  of  the  grave;  see  Drawing  3.). 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay  45 


Fig.  14.     a.  Food  offerings  on  corpse  in  a  grave. 

b.  Puja  at  the  feet  of  a  guru  standing  on  a  Lingayat  grave. 


46  Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


Fit..  15.     a.  Puja  at  the  feet  of  a  guru  standing  on 
B    a  Lingayat  grave;  Ka:|e:ri. 


Fig.    15.     b.  Corpse  being  taken  to  the  burial 
ground:  0:rana:yi. 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay  47 


Fig.  16.     a.  Toreya  man  with  fire  pot  leading  a  Gauda  funeral  in  Accanakal,  1963.  (Photo- 
graphs: William  A.  Noble.) 

b.  Cremation  in  Accanakal,  1963. 


48 


Badaga  Funerals:  A  Photo  Essay 


The  Ultimate  Separation 


Burial  of  the  Dead 

All  Lingayats  bury  their  dead,  as  do  all  Badaga 
Christians.  Other  phratries  normally  bury  children 
who  die  before  puberty,  and  very  poor  families 
may  also  bury  their  dead  because  they  cannot  af- 
ford the  firewood.  An  old  person  sometimes  has 
asked  to  be  buried.  Bad  weather  may  also  make 
a  cremation  impracticable:  it  is  a  very  bad  omen 
if  it  rains  during  a  funeral,  for  this  might  indicate 
that  heaven  is  weeping  over  the  heavy  sins  of  the 
deceased  (according  to  Metz  1864:  79).  In  all  cas- 
es, except  for  those  involving  Christians,  the 
corpse  is  placed  directly  in  the  ground  and  not  in 
a  coffin.1  This,  like  the  cremation,  should  occur 
between  noon  and  sunset  (Rhiem  1900:  505). 

In  a  Lingayat  funeral,  the  corpse  is  carried 
counterclockwise  once  around  the  grave,  and  then 
the  cot  is  put  down  at  the  north  side,  in  a  north- 
south  alignment.  There,  all  the  jewelry  and  or- 
naments are  taken  off  the  corpse  and  given  to  a 
responsible  man  of  the  bereaved  family,  an  act 
that  is  witnessed  by  some  leading  villager,  such 
as  the  headman.  An  exception  is  that  a  dead  fe- 
male must  wear  a  silver  finger  ring  or  at  least 
must  have  one  thrown  into  the  grave.  The  liriga 
emblem  hanging  around  the  neck  is  then  taken 
off,  and,  if  the  corpse  is  male,  it  is  tied  up  in  a 
piece  of  woolen  cloth  on  the  upper  left  arm;  if  it 
is  female,2  the  linga  is  similarly  tied  to  the  upper 
right  arm.  After  this,  whatever  colored  cloths  and 
cloaks  are  on  the  body  will  be  wrapped  around  it 
in  a  special  way  known  only  to  a  few  villagers 
(in  order  to  make  a  bundle).  The  grain  still  lying 
on  the  cot  is  put  inside  this  bundle. 


SOUS 


1  An  earthen  heap  or  rocks  are  sometimes  piled  up 
over  the  grave,  hut  others  remain  unmarked.  Recently  a 
very  few  have  acquired  formal  headstones,  in  imitation 
of  Christian  practice. 

In  cases  in  which  a  Lingayat  woman  had  married  a 
Ha:ruva  man.  or  vice  versa,  the  woman's  corpse  is  dis 
posed  of  according  to  the  custom  of  her  hushand's  clan. 

Among  ( i. aulas  who  hahitually  cremate,  when  the) 
decide  to  bury  a  corpse  instead,  the  cot  is  put  down  on 
the  edge  of  the  burial  ground.  A  small  lire  is  lit  with 
dry  twigs  in  a  circular  clearing  of  the  turf.  Apparently 
this  is  a  vestigial  pyre,  as  the  lire  serves  no  further  pur- 
pose. Before  the  corpse  is  put  in  a  coffin  (a  Christian 
influence)  on  the  burial  ground  or.  more  often,  is  just 
buried  in  a  bundle  of  cloth,  it  is  swung  three  times  over 
the  grave  (see  below).  Once  it  is  interred  and  baskets  ol 
grain  are  heaped  on  top  of  it.  the  grave  is  filled,  and  then 
the  small  tire  is  put  out  with  a  potful  of  water.  A  second 
man  brings  another  potful  and  throws  it  onto  the  cold 
embers  of  some  recent  cremation.  Then  men  go  through 
the  act  of  looking  for  a  piece  of  burned  bone  there;  they 
put  it  on  a  small  bed  of  fern  fronds  and  place  this  on  a 
fragment  of  white  cloth  that  was  previously  torn  from  a 
loincloth  of  the  deceased.  This  is  placed  on  the  ground, 
and  everyone  there  bows  to  it.  The  same  two  men  who 


The  Ultimate  Separation 


49 


In  the  south  wall  of  the  pit,  a  niche  is  cut  to 
support  the  head.  The  corpse  will  not  be  laid  out 
but  rather  is  seated  with  the  feet  to  the  north  and 
the  head  toward  the  south,  propped  up  with  mud 
and  with  its  legs  crossed,  so  that  the  face  seems 
to  be  staring  toward  the  north.  This  is  because  the 
abode  of  Siva,  the  great  "natural  /wgas,"  and  the 
sacred  places  (kse.tra)  all  lie  to  the  north,  in  the 
Himalayas;  north  is  also  the  direction  of  rest. 

Before  the  corpse  may  be  buried,  the  grave  has 
to  be  made  into  a  temple  (which  probably  ex- 
plains why  non-Badagas  and  Christians  are  not 
allowed  to  dig  the  grave).  This  involves  a  purifi- 
cation process,  with  a  man  first  sprinkling  a  so- 
lution of  cow  dung  into  the  grave.  Then  two  small 
shelves  are  dug  out  of  the  wall  at  the  head  end  of 
the  pit  and  a  piece  of  cow  dung  is  placed  on  each 
shelf.  A  hollow  is  made  in  the  middle  of  each, 
and  into  this  is  placed  some  clarified  butter  and  a 
new  cotton  thread.  Each  wick  is  then  lit  with  the 
fire  that  was  brought  from  the  village  (Fig.  13b). 
A  place  without  light,  they  say,  is  like  Hell.  Using 
this  fire,  some  incense  is  also  lit  and  is  circled 
once  around  the  pit.  The  officiant3  then  lights  a 
lump  of  camphor  and  places  that  in  the  bottom  of 
the  grave  at  the  head  end.  Next,  two  coconuts  are 
broken  with  a  large  knife.  A  single  half  is  left  on 
the  floor  of  the  pit,  while  the  other  three  halves 
are  thrown  out  on  top  (and  should  not  be  eaten 
by  anyone). 

The  corpse  bundle  is  now  held  and  swung  three 
times  over  the  grave  by  three,  five,  or  seven  men 
(Belli  Gowder  1923-1941:  10).  It  is  said  that  in 
early  times,  people  were  not  always  certain  that 
the  person  was  dead,  and  occasionally  the  corpse 
woke  up,  so  this  movement  was  a  precautionary 
shaking  (see  above,  p.  16).  Once  its  visage  has 
been  covered  up,  it  is  lowered  into  the  grave  by 
several  men  who  are  standing  above  the  grave, 
and  it  is  received  by  two  men  who  are  in  the  pit. 
In  the  case  of  a  rich  man,  he  may  actually  be 
buried  on  his  cot.  In  all  other  cases,  the  corpse 
has  sacking  and  one  or  two  pillows  beneath  it.  Its 
face  is  now  bared  once  more. 

Then,  four  sticks,  each  some  ten  inches  long, 
which  have  been  cut  from  the  holly-flowered 
spindle  tree4  are  placed  at  the  edges  of  the  grave, 
as  in  Drawing  3. 

A  single  long  thread  of  new  cotton  is  then  tied 
around  these  upright  sticks  in  the  manner  illus- 
trated, beginning  with  the  one  to  the  west  of  the 
head  (Fig.  13b  and  Drawing  3;  the  head  is  always 
at  the  south  end  of  the  grave).  Then  four  men 
stand  so  that  each  can  take  up  one  of  these  sticks, 


got  potfuls  of  water  now  do  so  again.  Then  the  chief 
mourner  pours  one  pot  onto  the  wet  charcoal.  He  takes 
a  piece  of  plantain  leaf  with  sprigs  of  Bermuda  grass  on 
it  and  throws  this  into  the  puddle  at  the  burning  place 
so  that  the  grass  is  under  the  leaf.  The  piece  of  burned 
bone  and  fern  fronds  are  then  wrapped  up  in  the  cloth 
and  buried  nearby  with  a  fork.  A  small  stone  is  placed 
on  top  of  the  spot.  Finally,  the  men  wash  their  hands  in 
the  second  pot  of  water  and  take  some  millet  from  a 
bag.  They  stand  in  a  circle  with  a  break  in  it  while  an 
old  man  says  a  prayer,  and  then  all  throw  their  handfuls 
of  grain  into  the  wet  charcoal  (see  the  description  of 
cremation,  pp.  54-56). 

2  If  the  deceased  was  a  young  woman,  this  could  be 
the  first  time  that  the  liriga  has  been  given  to  her.  The 
tying  of  the  liriga  should  really  be  done  when  the  body 
is  being  bathed  in  the  house,  but  if  it  is  forgotten,  then 
it  will  certainly  be  done  at  the  graveside.  The  bathing 
itself  may  be  inconvenient  to  do  and  is  not  a  necessity. 

Wodeyas  bury  not  only  the  person's  liriga — even  if 
the  person  never  previously  owned  one — but  some  sa- 
cred ash  (vibu.ti)  too. 


3  The  officiant  must  be  a  Lingayat  but  can  be  any  man 
there  who  knows  the  ritual  well,  provided  he  is  not  an 
affine  of  the  deceased. 


4  Called  ottarane,  or  Microtropis  ovalifolia.  Wodeyas, 
though  Lingayats,  do  not  practice  this  thread  ritual. 


50 


Chapter  Three 


^— 


NW    acick 


•fc-ick 


6  Cart) 
SMtf    fttick 


Drawing  3.     "Bridge  of  thread"  over  a  Lingayal  grave. 


and  with  great  care  they  hold  them  together  over 
the  middle  of  the  grave,  then  gather  together 
sticks  and  thread  and  put  it  all  on  the  floor  of  the 
grave  beside  the  head.  This  is  considered  a  very 
important  ritual  that  must  be  performed  carefully 
by  older,  knowledgable  men.  To  get  into  paradise, 
the  Lingayat  soul  must  walk  along  this  thread 
over  a  great  fiery  chasm  full  of  monsters.5  If  there 
is  one  knot  in  the  thread  or  if  it  is  broken  some- 
where, the  deceased  is  said  to  be  a  sinner  and,  as 
such,  will  fall  off  the  thread.  Consequently,  there 
are  detailed  rules  for  how  to  pass  the  thread  care- 
fully around  the  four  sticks. 

Then  another  puja  is  done,  which  makes  the 
Lingayat  corpse  itself  into  a  liriga.  This  ritual  is 
not  to  be  witnessed,  and  so  four  men  hold  a  cloth 
across  the  top  of  the  grave.  It  must  be  a  new  cloth, 
bought  by  the  bereaved  family.  The  cloth  also  pre- 
vents polluting  matter  like  bird  droppings  from 
falling  in.  Underneath,  the  face  of  the  corpse  is 
washed  and  sacred  ash  (vibu.ti)  put  on  its  brow. 
Then  they  take  the  liriga  emblem  off  the  arm, 
where  it  was  tied  earlier,  place  it  in  the  mouth, 
and  close  the  mouth.  Puja  is  then  offered  with 
plantains  and  two  more  coconuts  on  a  plate  that 
is  circled  vertically  in  a  clockwise  direction  (from 
the  officiant's  viewpoint).  One  plantain  and  half 
of  a  coconut  are  left  in  the  grave,  and  the  rest 
may  be  given  to  some  nearby  Harijans,  but  it  is 
certainly  not  to  be  eaten  by  any  Badagas. 

Some  of  the  women  who  come  to  the  funeral 
bring  sweets  and  grain,  which  are  now  placed  be- 
side the  corpse  in  special  baskets''  made  by  Todas 
(Figs.  13a  and  14a).  Women  may  also  bring 
wooden  ladles,  pounding  sticks  (probably  not 
genuine),  etc.,  all  of  which  are  placed  in  the  grave 
alongside  the  body.  (Previously,  the  affines  have 


5  The  indigenous  Badaga  belief  tor  all  phratrtes  is  that 
the  soul's  journey  begins  alter  its  tinal  meal  at  the  kth 
rumbu  ritual.  According  to  some,  the  soul  crosses  five 
seas  by  itself  in  a  boat.  Landing  in  the  other  world,  it 
goes  through  thick  jungles  and  then  crosses  a  chasm  on 
a  bridge  of  threads.  This  chasm  contains  seven  terrors, 
including  a  wide  river,  a  great  fire,  poisonous  snakes, 
demons,  and  wild  beasts,  which  arc  referred  to  in  the 
litany  of  sins  (see  above,  p.  26).  The  soul  comes  to  a 
door  that  is  ever  closed,  and  the  living  relatives  pray 
that  it  will  yield  to  let  the  soul  enter.  If  fortunate,  the 
dead  thus  reaches  the  place  of  judgment,  where  a  trial 
is  conducted.  With  a  heavy  load  of  sins,  a  soul  ma)  still 
be  relegated  to  Hell. 

Jagor  provides  further  details  of  Badaga  belief 

"The  Nilgris  were  surrounded  by  a  sea.  the  ring  of 
which  however  has  not  entirely  closed  to  the  north. 
There  one  would  find  the  canal  unattainable  by 
mortals,  which  joins  the  world  of  the  dead  with 
Mahaloka:  across  it  there  is  a  bridge  made  of  one 
thread.  Fire  and  frightful  monsters  terrify  the  wick- 
ed; but  whosoever's  sins  arc  buried  at  the  fed  of 
Bassava  will  go  across  without  hindrance.  On  the 
slope  on  our  side  in  a  narrow  path  running  down 
to  the  bridge,  where  the  Sunkadavanu  'customs  of- 
ficial' stands.  .  .  .  The  customs  official  is  a  dead  per- 
son" (Jagor  1914:  50.  trans  ) 


"  The  basket  is  slightly  different  in  design  for  a  male's 
funeral  than  for  a  female's,  since  in  the  former  case  a 
big  central  basket,  which  has  four  tiny  ones  attached  to 
it.  has  a  kind  of  raised  rib  panel  about  a  half  of  an  inch 
wide  running  around  its  middle.  Another  basket  (he:gi 
kukkc)  is  only  used  in  the  funeral  of  a  female.  It  holds 


The  Ultimate  Separation 


51 


danced  around  the  front  yard  carrying  all  these 
offerings.)  Until  the  two  men  in  the  grave  have 
climbed  out  of  it,  after  completing  everything 
there,  no  one  may  throw  anything  into  the  grave, 
as  this  would  imply  that  they  were  being  buried 
too. 

Once  they  are  out,  an  old  man,  generally  the 
one  who  carried  the  crowbar,  throws  at  least  one 
flower,  and  preferably  more,  onto  the  corpse.  As 
he  throws  the  first  flower,  a  Kota  must  sound  a 
long  note  on  his  horn,  and  after  that,  there  will  be 
no  more  music.  Then  the  same  man  must  pick  up 
some  mud  three  times  and  throw  it  into  the  grave 
(or  else  take  up  one  large  clod  and  throw  it  in 
three  separate  parts).7  Someone  should  also  throw 
in  a  small  coin,  considered  to  be  money  for  a  toll. 
Once  this  is  done,  everyone  else  can  throw  some 
mud  in,  either  once  or  thrice,  with  or  without 
flowers.  As  they  do  so,  the  leader  says  this  prayer, 
and  the  others  follow  verbally: 

Join,  alas,  with  your  caste  group! 

Join,  alas,  your  people! 

Join,  alas,  the  begotten  forefathers! 

Join,  alas,  the  ancient  ancestors! 

(Hockings  1988:  145,  no.  148a;  Natesa  Sastri 
1892:  839) 

The  soul  of  the  dead  is  thus  being  requested  to 
go  to  the  ancestors.  Even  if  the  grave  has  been 
half  filled  in,  the  men  may  stop  work  if  someone 
is  seen  running  to  contribute  his  handful  of  earth. 
Once  all  this  has  been  done,  anyone,  even  an  af- 
fine,  can  help  fill  the  grave.  It  is  then  leveled  off, 
with  four  big  stones  placed  in  a  square  pattern8 
over  the  location  where  the  chest  lies,  and  a  little 
pointed  stone  is  brought  by  some  elderly  person 
and  placed  in  the  middle  of  these;  all  are  called 
lingas.  These  stones  can  be  taken  from  anywhere, 
even  from  an  older  grave. 

Then  another  nameless  ritual  is  performed.  Two 
or  three  of  the  tools  used  are  picked  up  by  one  of 
the  gravediggers,  and  the  metal  heads  of  these  are 
put  on  the  reverse  way  around,  such  that  the  tools 
are  rendered  useless.  Then  this  man  holds  them 
with  the  crowbar  and  stands  on  the  south  side  of 
the  grave,  facing  west.  He  swings  the  tools  back 
and  forth  three  times  while  saying,  "Once,  twice, 
thrice,"  and  then  he  throws  them  across  the  grave 
toward  the  north,  using  an  underhand  motion  to 
do  this  (Natesa  Sastri  1892:  838).  As  he  does  so, 
he  simultaneously  turns  his  head  away  from  the 
grave  and  toward  the  south.  Old  men  say  that  this 


sweet  preparations  brought  to  the  funeral.  The  female 
dead  should  also  be  presented  with  a  needle  and  a  piece 
of  fiber  (manji)  from  the  Nilgiri  nettle  or  harmless  nettle 
(of  various  species;  Hockings  and  Pilot-Raichoor  1992: 
444-45);  the  needle  is  stuck  into  the  offering  basket. 

In  1963,  although  younger  people  were  then  skeptical, 
almost  all  the  old  people  (born  before  the  turn  of  the 
century)  believed  that  the  baskets,  food,  and  thread  put 
into  the  Lingayat's  grave  were  actually  used  by  the  soul 
of  the  dead  individual.  They  recognized  that  these  arti- 
cles would  rot  in  the  earth,  yet  they  thought  that  another 
body  would  emanate  from  these  items  with  exactly  the 
same  form  as  the  original  and  that  this  body  would  go 
to  the  afterworld.  Such  entities,  like  the  soul  itself,  are 
invisible  to  mortals. 


7  There  are  specific  rules  about  filling  in  a  grave.  All 
the  earth  that  has  been  dug  out  must  be  replaced,  al- 
though it  will  form  a  heap,  because  it  might  contain 
pieces  of  bone  from  some  former  burial.  As  it  is  being 
dragged  into  the  grave  with  hoes  and  shovels,  the  out- 
ermost earth  must  be  dragged  first  so  that  no  "islands" 
of  loose  earth  remain  on  the  ground.  A  further  ritual 
requirement  is  that  a  man  filling  a  grave  may  not  pass 
any  tool  between  his  legs  but  can  pass  it  only  on  his 
outer  side  (Natesa  Sastri  1892:  839). 


8  This,  however,  is  only  done  for  adults:  for  a  dead 
child,  only  three  stones  are  put  on  the  grave. 


52 


Chapter  Three 


ritual  act,  and  the  disabling  of  the  tools  for  it, 
imply  a  wish  that  there  should  be  no  more  death. 

Persons  related  as  classificatory  brother  or  fa- 
ther to  the  dead  person  bring  fresh  flowers  to  the 
burial  ground  while  the  others  wait.  These  are  col- 
lected, together  with  fresh  fire  and  milk,1'  from  the 
Great  House,  the  house  of  the  village's  founder, 
or  else  from  a  "second  Great  House."  The  men 
should  also  bring  at  least  one  knife.  The  man  who 
had  led  the  grain-giving  ritual  carries  some  little 
millet10  in  one  of  his  body  cloths  and  waits  quietly 
with  it  until  everyone  is  ready. 

Then  the  man"  who  performed  the  pilja  in  the 
grave  now  does  a  puja  for  a  third  time  while  he 
is  on  top  of  it.  First  he  washes  the  five  stones, 
puts  flowers  on  them,  and  touches  them  with  sa- 
cred ash.  Then  the  milk  from  the  Great  House  is 
poured  first  on  the  central  liriga  and  next  on  the 
other  four  stones.  The  man  breaks  two  coconuts 
and  splits  some  plantains  over  the  grave.  Imme- 
diately after  the  milk-pouring,  at  an  adult's  or 
male  child's  funeral  only,  people  stand  in  a  circle 
around  the  grave,  with  a  break  on  the  north  side 
of  the  circle,  through  which  the  soul  may  depart. 
The  leader  of  the  grain-giving  ceremony  now 
goes  around  the  circle,  and  each  man  takes  a  small 
amount  of  millet  from  him.'2  Afterwards  the  man 
asks,  "Is  anyone  left?"  and  throws  a  handful  of 
grain  onto  the  central  liriga  stone;  all  the  others 
follow  suit.  Each  man  touches  that  stone  in  turn: 
if  of  an  older  generation  than  the  deceased,  he 
touches  it  and  then  touches  his  fingers  to  his 
brow;  if  of  a  younger  generation,  he  touches  the 
stone  itself  with  his  brow.  This  procedure  is  not 
performed  in  order  of  seniority:  the  person  stand- 
ing to  the  west  of  the  gap  in  the  circle  does  it 
first,  then  the  man  to  his  right,  and  so  on  around 
the  circle  until  all  have  participated.  This  is  the 
milk-pouring  ritual,  which  traditionally  should  oc- 
cur on  the  following  day."  Five  measures  of  fox- 
tail millet  (about  18.5  liters)  and  a  pot  of  milk  are 
taken  to  the  grave.  As  these  are  thrown  over  the 
central  liriga  stone,  the  men  say,  "Join,  alas,  with 
your  forefathers!"  (Natesa  Sastri  1892:  840; 
Hockings  1988:  146-47). 

Then  the  men  sit  down  in  a  group  and  are 
shaved14  by  one  or  two  barbers.  If  time  is  press- 
ing, at  least  one  prominent  man  will  be  shaved 
and  the  rest  will  shave  later,  whenever  it  is  con- 
venient, but  definitely  by  the  final  korumbu  ritual. 
The  rules  for  shaving  are  that  all  Badaga  men 
shave  for  dead  men,  women,  and  male  children; 
but  in  every  case,  men  of  a  generation  superior  to 
the  deceased  should  only  remove  their  beards  and 


*  In  former  times,  ihe  milk  had  to  he  hrought  in  a 
small  new  pot;  now.  any  vessel  will  do.  Previously,  that 
pot  (go.Jikc)  was  to  he  thrown  away  afterwards,  since 
it  could  not  he  hrought  hack  to  the  house  for  further 
use  hecause  it  was  polluted. 

10 Called  sa.me.  or  Panicum  sumatrense. 

11  Since  the  middle  of  the  past  century,  that  faction  of 
Badaga  Lingayats  who  approve  of  intermarriage  with 
people  from  Mysore — perhaps  one-third  of  the  entire 
Lingayal  community — have  a  jangama  priest,  guru,  or 
guru's  representative  come  to  do  this  on  the  day  of  the 
hurial.  They  helievc  that  from  the  moment  he  starts  the 
puja.  he  is  a  liriga  himself.  Other  Lingayats  have  the 
same  puja  on  the  1 1th  day  after  death  (sec  below). 


12  Today  women  no  longer  take  part  in  this  ritual, 
though  they  formerly  did. 


"For  example.  luiLitiuva  jena.  milk-pouring  day. 
Non-Lingayats  call  it  kari  jena.  charcoal  day.  Poorer 
people  perform  the  milk-pouring  ritual  on  the  same  day 
as  the  hurial  to  avoid  the  additional  expense  of  enter- 
taining the  visitors  for  another  day.  For  dead  hoys,  it  is 
performed  on  the  evening  of  hurial.  although  it  ought  to 
be  performed  on  the  following  day.  The  milk-pouring 
ritual  is  not  done  at  all  for  dead  girls  except  hy  Linga- 
yats. 

14  No  Wodcya.  unless  he  is  the  son  of  the  deceased, 
shaves  his  head,  nor  docs  any  woman.  Belli  Gowdcr 
reports  that  no  Lingayat  Adikiris  do.  cither  (1938-1941: 
11). 


The  Ultimate  Separation 


53 


moustaches,  whereas  the  other  men  should  shave 
their  scalps  too,  even  for  male  children.  The  wid- 
ower shaves  only  his  beard,  and  women  do  not 
shave  at  all.  Among  Lingayats,  all  the  men  who 
perform  the  grain-placing  ritual  must  shave  their 
scalps  and  beards  completely.15 

Before  returning  to  the  village,  people  go  to  a 
stream  near  the  burial  ground,  wash  their  hands 
and  legs,  and  sprinkle  water  over  themselves  to 
signify  that  they  have  bathed.  Then  they  go  back 
to  the  village  and,  on  the  way,  some  youths  should 
fall  down  and  bow  their  heads  to  the  ground. 
Some  older  men  bless  them  and  say,  "Let  there 
be  no  more  death!"  Afterwards  they  leave  all  the 
tools  near  the  veranda  of  the  dead  person's  house. 
At  the  time  of  their  return,  a  light  should  be  burn- 
ing in  that  house. 


Cremation 

Gaudas,  Ha:ruvas,  Toreyas,  and  two  other  tiny 
phratries  of  Be:das  and  Kumba:ras  all  cremate16 
their  dead  (all  except  the  Ha:ruvas  are  tradition- 
ally non-vegetarian  groups).  If  more  than  one 
phratry  lives  in  a  particular  village,  all  use  the 
same  cremation  ground,  which  is  usually  located 
beside  a  little  stream  (Reclus  1885:  211;  see 
Drawing  2).  Local  non-Badagas  would  certainly 
not  be  allowed  to  use  it.  Although  not  essential, 
in  some  areas  Toreyas  carried  a  corpse  to  the  cre- 
mation ground.  But  this  is  hardly  evidence  of  the 
servile  status  of  Toreyas,  since  Gaudas,  who  rank 
higher,  may  carry  a  Toreya  corpse  in  return  for 
the  obligation  related  to  a  service  that  a  Toreya 
has  previously  performed  for  a  Gauda  family. 
"Cremation  may  take  place  on  any  day,  except 
Tuesday" — an  unlucky  day17  (Thurston  1906: 
190;  Thurston  and  Rangachari  1909,  I:  111),  and 
it  should  really  occur  between  noon  and  sunset 
(Rhiem  1900:  505). 

Once  the  procession  (Fig.  16a)  arrives  at  the 
burning  ground,  people  remove  their  shoes,  the 
cot  is  put  down  near  the  wood,  and  an  old  man 
assumes  the  charge  of  building  the  pyre.18  Mean- 
while, some  of  the  cloth  on  the  cot  is  distributed 
to  very  close  relatives;  it  will  be  used  later  in  a 
household  puja.  The  flowers  and  garlands  that 
were  deposited  on  the  cot  by  mourners  are  now 
thrown  away.  All  jewelry  except  for  a  dead  man's 
silver  waist  chain  is  removed  and  will  be  taken 
back  to  the  household  of  the  deceased.  However, 
wealthier  families  should  always  leave  one  small 


13  By  the  1960s  only  the  closest  relatives  and  some 
old  men  were  observing  these  rules  correctly,  whereas 
younger  men  would  just  cut  one  hair  from  their  heads. 
Lingayats  in  general  do  not  shave  for  dead  affines, 
whereas  non-Lingayats  do:  thus,  the  daughter's  husband 
must  shave  his  head  too.  By  the  1960s,  older  men  would 
still  shave  their  beards  and  moustaches  off  for  male  chil- 
dren who  died,  but  they  would  not  do  so  for  female  ones. 
The  older  men  shaved  completely  for  adult  male  dead 
but  not  for  adult  females. 


16  Much  of  this  section  follows  closely  the  description 
in  Noble  and  Noble  (1965:  262-66);  this  is  because  we 
were  all  working  in  the  same  area  in  1963,  attended 
some  of  the  same  funerals,  and  even  made  use  of  the 
same  primary  informant,  K.  Lakshmanan,  B.A.,  to 
whom  I  extend  thanks.  I  am  also  indebted  to  William 
A.  Noble  for  much  help  in  providing  some  of  the  dia- 
grams and  photographs  in  this  monograph.  Other  draw- 
ings were  kindly  made  by  Raymond  G.  Brod,  cartogra- 
pher in  the  Department  of  Anthropology,  University  of 
Illinois,  Chicago. 


17  This  restriction  is  no  longer  observed.  Tuesday  was 
perhaps  once  prohibited  because  for  each  weekday,  there 
is  an  unlucky  cardinal  direction,  and  for  Tuesday  (as 
well  as  for  Wednesday,  however),  this  direction  is  north. 
The  soul  starting  out  on  its  journey  to  the  north  on  that 
day  could  therefore  encounter  some  misfortune. 

18  There  should  be  no  need  to  purchase  firewood,  since 
each  house  should  provide  a  little  of  the  wood  (kasa 
mora)  for  the  pyre.  One  person  from  each  house  carries 
the  wood  to  the  cremation  ground  beforehand  so  that  the 
pyre  can  be  built  quickly.  In  former  times,  when  wood 
was  more  plentiful,  some  of  the  villagers  would  go  to  the 
forest  nearby  to  cut  logs.  As  they  returned  to  the  village 
with  their  loads,  shouting  "o:  hau  hau,"  one  or  two  men 
from  the  bereaved  house  would  meet  them  and  bow  to  the 
ground  in  expression  of  their  thanks.  Those  just  returned 
would  bless  them  and  ask  them  to  get  up  and  would  then 
dance  again  to  the  Kota  music  before  going  to  eat. 


54 


Chapter  Three 


gold  or  silver  ornament  on  the  body,  and  a  female 
of  any  age  or  phratry  must  have  a  silver  finger 
ring  at  the  time  of  cremation. '■* 

At  this  point,  the  sturdy  cot  that  has  been 
brought  thus  far  may  be  substituted  by  another 
one  fit  only  for  burning,  and  the  corpse  is  trans- 
ferred to  it.  The  face  is  covered,  and  the  corpse 
on  the  cot  is  swung  over  the  pyre  three  times  by 
three,  five,  or  seven  men  (Belli  Gowder  1923- 
1941:  10).  After  a  few  moments'  delay  the  de- 
ceased is  placed,  lying  on  the  back,  on  a  bed  of 
logs,  with  the  feet  toward  the  south;  alternatively, 
although  very  rarely,  a  pyre  of  bundled  sticks  and 
logs,  brought  previously,  is  also  built  up  over  the 
cot  to  be  burned.  Normally  just  the  body  is  cov- 
ered with  other  logs,  and  perhaps  the  wooden 
parts  of  the  catafalque  superstructure.  But  before 
this,  favorite  possessions,  like  clothing  or  a  walk- 
ing stick,  are  placed  beside  the  corpse,  and  then 
an  embroidered  shawl  is  laid  over  the  entire  body 
so  that  the  head  is  covered.  Once  the  pyre  is  com- 
pleted, women,  who  have  generally  been  sitting  a 
hundred  yards  away,  pour  the  contents  of  their 
baskets  (Fig.  13a)  over  the  pyre  and  toss  the  emp- 
ty baskets  on  top.:o 

Before  the  body  is  burned,  the  son  may  say  the 
following  invocation: 

O  begotten  forefathers!  O  ancient  ancestors! 

With  all  the  charity  [you've  done]  I. 

Who  was  born  to  my  mother  and  my  father. 

[Here  at  the]  funeral  of  my  dead  mother  [or 
father]. 

Without  fail,  alas!  I  am  placing  the  first  fire- 
brand. 

Witnessed  by  all  the  hundreds  of  gods.21 

Then  the  man,  preferably  the  eldest  son  of  the 
dead,  lights  the  pyre  ("Miles"  1933:  75).  It  is  not 
a  ritual  requirement  that  the  pyre  be  lit  at  the  head 
end  first,  as  in  Sanskritic  funerals,  nor  that  the 
man  avert  his  face,  although  the  smoke  may  cause 
him  to  do  so.  Everyone  present  adds  a  token  stick 
to  the  fire.  All  the  foodstuffs  brought  are  usually 
burned,  but  no  clarified  butter  is  thrown  on  the 
pyre  today  (although  kerosene  sometimes  is).  In 
former  times,  the  corpse  was  covered  in  "large 
quantities"  of  clarified  butter  (Muzzy  1844:  359), 
and  some  of  the  foodstuffs  were  given  to  Kotas 
or  Harijans  (Jagor  1876:  199;  1914:  44).-  Once 
the  pyre  is  burning  well  (Fig.  16b),  a  final  handful 
of  coins  may  be  thrown  into  the  flames  by  several 
of  the  bereaved  relatives  as  payment  for  a  toll  in 
the  after  world.  Most  of  those  present  will  then 


"  Early  accounts  describe  more  wealth  being  de- 
stroyed at  a  cremation  than  is  seen  today,  e.g..  "gold  or 
silver  rings  for  lingers  and  ears,  silver  chains  which  are 
wound  around  the  neck  and  waist  of  the  corpse,  some 
monc)  which  is  tied  in  his  upper  cloth  .  .  ."  (Morike 
184":  KM.  trans  .  see  also  Jagor  1876:  199).  Later,  "the 
molten  silver  and  gold  are  cleaned  and  kept."  This  de- 
scription suggested  thai  other  items  were  also  needed  lor 
the  journev  to  the  realm  of  the  dead,  including  a  bow 
and  arrow  to  protect  oneself  (Morike  1849:  105).  Today 
anyone  finding  some  molten  metal  later  may  keep  it.  The 
widow  may  even  later  wear  any  of  her  husband's  jew- 
elry, except  for  the  neck  chain. 


20  According  to  Malinowski's  student.  A.  Aiyappan.  a 
"relic  of  Sati  is  now  seen  .  .  .  when  the  widow's  robe 
is  thrown  on  the  funeral  pyre"  ( 1948:  1 17).  He  is  prob- 
ably referring  to  King  (1870:  6-7),  who  mentions,  in 
regard  to  Badagas.  that  "the  widow  merely  pretends  to 
rush  towards  the  blazing  pile  to  sacrifice  herself  with  her 
husband's  dead  body,  and  is  pulled  back  by  her  friends, 
who  throw  her  robe  on  the  funeral  pyre  instead,  and  she 
herself  commences  a  new  lease  of  life  with  new  cloth- 
ing." Harkness  (1832:  134)  and  Muzzy  (1844:  359)  had 
earlier  observed  the  same  thing.  Today  the  widowed 
woman  is  not  allowed  close  to  the  pyre,  and  none  of  her 
clothing  or  hair  is  burned. 

Among  those  throwing  coins  into  the  (lames  nowa- 
days may  be  women  and  children,  some  even  vying  with 
each  other  to  see  who  will  throw  the  most  money.  It  is 
below  the  dignity  of  adult  Badagas  to  pick  up  anv  seal 
tered  coins,  but  Untouchables  and  Badaga  children  may 
do  so. 

:i  The  full  Badaga  text  is  given  by  Hockings  (1988: 
144-45.  no.  147)  and  Nalcsa  Sastri  (1892:  842). 


"The  Badagas  of  the  19th  century  were  given  clari- 
fied butter  by  their  Toda  partners,  but  such  transaclions. 
for  the  most  part,  ended  long  ago.  The  Todas  to  this  day 
typically  pour  such  butter  on  top  of  the  pyre.  Ignited 
butter  drops  and  spreads  flames  to  lower  parts  of  the 
pyre.  Thus,  in  a  strange  way.  the  pyre  is  ignited  from 
the  top  downward. 


The  Ultimate  Separation 


55 


leave,  although  a  few  men  always  stay  to  the  end. 
To  purify  themselves,  people  first  go  to  the  stream 
nearby  to  sprinkle  some  water  on  their  heads  and 
rinse  out  their  mouths  before  returning  to  the  vil- 
lage. Those  remaining  listen  for  the  sound  of  the 
skull  cracking  open,  which  in  Hindu  thinking 
marks  the  moment  when  the  soul  leaves  the  body. 
Weather  permitting,  the  fire  burns  into  the  night 
(but  a  corpse  burns  up  in  an  amazingly  short 
time).  A  villager  carries  the  cot  back,  in  earlier 
times  getting  the  half  of  the  embroidered  shawl 
that  was  left  on  the  cot  for  his  trouble. 

Early  reports  speak  of  the  Kotas  tending  the  fire 
(e.g.,  Schad  1911:  7).  In  recent  times,  they  quick- 
ly returned  to  the  bereaved  house's  veranda, 
where  a  son  or  other  close  relative  gave  each  of 
the  musicians  from  the  associate's  band  7  mea- 
sures of  flour  in  one  of  the  cloths  from  the  su- 
perstructure that  stood  in  the  yard  before  the 
house.  Those  in  other  bands  traditionally  got  4 
measures.  The  former  group  of  men  would  also 
each  get  8  annas,  a  half-rupee,  and  the  latter 
would  receive  6  annas  (in  the  1930s).  The  source 
of  the  flour  is  a  levy  of  4  measures  (about  15 
liters)  from  each  household,  which  is  collected  by 
a  man  designated  by  the  headman.  The  son  and 
son-in-law  of  the  deceased  would  each  give  the 
Kota  leaders  2  rupees  (in  1937).  At  the  same  time, 
the  Kota  associate  of  the  son  is  told  to  come  on 
the  morrow  with  his  wife  and  to  bring  five  pots 
(made  by  Kotas). 


Concluding  Rituals 

On  the  first  night  after  a  cremation  or  burial,  close 
visiting  relatives  remain  in  the  village,  and  men 
gather  at  the  bereaved  house  or  at  the  Great 
House.  There  they  sing  or  talk  during  much  of  the 
night,  perhaps  having  a  noted  local  singer  there 
to  perform  the  traditional  ballads  (Hockings 
1997).  They  tend  the  one  central  lamp  in  the  in- 
terior doorway,  which  must  remain  lighted  right 
from  the  time  of  the  death  until  the  coming  morn- 
ing, and  so  this  rite  is  called  di.vige  ka.padu,  tak- 
ing care  of  the  lamp.23 

The  next  morning  the  Kota  associate  and  his 
wife  should  come,  deliver  the  new  pots,  receive 
one  balla  (about  1.4  liters)  of  grain,  and  take  a 
meal  on  the  veranda  of  the  bereaved  house.  Then 
a  few  Badaga  men,  at  least  one  from  each  house- 
hold, go  back  to  the  cremation  ground  for  the 
karitallo.du  (picking  through  the  charcoal)  cere- 


In  the  1960s  Gauda  women  sometimes  gave  the  foods 
to  Toreyas.  If  the  korumbu  ritual  occurs  within  the  next 
day  or  two,  the  elder  of  the  family  now  reminds  every- 
one of  this  before  they  disperse.  If  it  is  to  occur  some 
days  later,  he  has  to  send  a  messenger  to  remind  relatives 
about  the  ceremony. 


23  Badagas  believe  that  after  cremation  or  burial,  the 
soul  immediately  starts  its  travels  to  the  otherworld  and 
that  this  light  will  guide  it.  They  also  believe  that  if  the 
lamp  dies  down  by  itself,  prosperity  will  leave  that 
household.  Hence,  on  a  normal  night,  a  Badaga  pays 
respect  to  the  lamp  but  then  carefully  extinguishes  it 
before  sleeping  (Natesa  Sastri  1892:  839). 


56 


Chapter  Three 


mony.  They  carry  the  pots  filled  with  water  in 
order  to  dampen  the  ashes,  then  collect  all  bone 
fragments  on  a  bracken  frond'4  and  tie  them  in  a 
small  cloth.  Children  may  not  take  part  in  this  rite. 
The  men  now  look  for  any  coins  in  the  ashes. 
Sometimes  a  larger  denomination  coin  was  pur- 
posely thrown  into  the  pyre:  if  found,  it  indicated 
the  men  had  indeed  picked  carefully  through  the 
ashes  for  bone.  One  fragment,  with  a  little  ash,  is 
kept  in  another  separate  cloth  or  small  box.  Later, 
in  remembrance  of  the  dead,  puja  is  performed  on 
the  remains.25 

An  old  man,  usually  the  one  who  led  the  grain- 
placing  rite,  calls  everyone  together  and  gives 
each  a  handful  of  little  millet.2''  The  man  asks,  "Is 
it  alright?"  and  some  answer,  "Yes."  After  that, 
if  someone  comes  late — he  had  been  behind  a 
bush,  for  example — he  cannot  receive  millet  from 
that  man  but  can  still  get  some  from  another  man 
present.  They  stand  in  a  circle  around  the  cre- 
mation spot,  with  a  break  usually  on  the  north  side 
of  the  circle,  through  which  the  soul  may  depart. 
A  little  clarified  butter  is  put  on  a  leaf  and  placed 
on  the  puddle  of  water  at  the  burning  site.  Each 
man  throws  some  millet  into  the  puddle  (batta 
bi.rudu),  in  order  of  his  lineage's  seniority,  as 
though  sowing  a  field,  while  simultaneously  ut- 
tering a  final  prayer  for  the  dead,  the  words  of 
which  are  as  follows: 

May  the  old  ones  and  the  young  ones  who  have 

died  [and  become]  clay; 
May  people  of  that  age  and  people  of  this  age, 
Those  [who  have  become]  dust, 
Who  have  died  [and  become]  clay. 
May  they  all  mingle  with  their  maximal  line- 
age! 


**  Called  la:  \r.  or  Pteris  aauilinv. 


.127 


Then  the  leader  holds  the  bone  in  the  white  cloth 
while  each  person  touches  it.  This  is  the  most  im- 
portant act  of  the  day.28 

The  bundle  of  bones,  together  with  some  culms 
of  Bermuda  grass,  is  buried  by  any  man  two  feet 
down  in  a  stone-lined  depository  found  in  every 
cremation  ground.  After  each  funeral,  the  stone- 
lined  depository  (Drawing  2)  is  dug  out  afresh, 
and  water  is  poured  into  it.29 

When  the  people  return  to  their  village,  they 
bathe  and  perhaps  shave  their  heads  and  beards, 
and  so  regain  a  state  of  purity.  They  may  recom- 
mence their  work,  which  was  halted  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  funeral.  Some  of  those  who  performed 
the  grain-placing  ritual,  including  affines,  go  to 
the  village  green  and  have  their  heads  shaved  by 


:*  It  is  wrapped  in  a  piece  of  cloth  that  was  saved  at 
the  cremation.  While  no  special  power  is  attributed  to 
the  remnant,  people  think  they  arc  retaining  something 
of  their  ancestors.  On  the  other  hand,  it  would  seem  that. 
at  least  in  the  19th  century,  ashes  had  a  sacred  power, 
since  "The  younger  Badaga  children  almost  all  carry  on 
their  necklaces  small  talismans  in  the  shape  of  discs 
kneaded  out  of  earth  which  is  collected  from  under  the 
pyre  of  burnt  corpses"  (Jagor  1876:  196.  trans. — or  docs 
he  mean  the  cremation  ash?). 

26  Formerly,  this  was  foxtail  millet  (Setaria  italic  a). 
and  he  should  take  18.5  liters  (five  measures)  of  it  with 
him.  together  with  a  small  amount  of  clarified  butter 
carried  in  a  cup  made  out  of  the  leases  of  the  castor-oil 
plant  (Ricinus  communis.  Natesa  Sastri  1892:  842). 

A  modern  informant  says  that  the  break  in  the  circle 
may  not  necessarily  be  at  the  north  side,  since  the  realm 
of  the  dead  is  thought  to  be  in  different  directions,  de- 
pending on  the  particular  village  or  commune. 


27  The  full  Badaga  text  is  given  in  Hockings  (1988: 
147-48.  no.  152)  and  in  Natesa  Sastri  (1892:  843).  As 
they  arc  about  to  throw  the  grain,  the  leader  says.  "Al- 
right, shall  we  throw?"  If  there  are  any  delays  because 
someone  is  not  ready,  he  cannot  say  "No."  so  just  says 
"a:h,"  which  would  mean  "Wait!" 

2*  For  the  full  Badaga  texts,  see  Hockings  ( 1988:  147. 
no.  151)  and  Natesa  Sastri  (1892:  844)  If  the  family 
wants,  the  bundle  may  be  brought  home  and  kept  in  a 
safe,  clean  place  until  it  can  be  buried  in  some  special 
patch  or  in  a  favorite  field  or  even  until  it  can  be  taken 
to  the  great  Pcrur  temple  in  Coimbatorc  District.  In  this 
unusual  case,  puja  is  performed  there,  and  then  the  bun- 
dle is  thrown  into  the  River  Noyyal.  Harkness's  account 
of  the  funeral,  our  earliest,  is  unique  in  claiming  that  the 
bones  were  buried  in  "an  earthen  pot.  that  they  would 
bury  .  .  .  some  three  or  four  feet  deep,  marking  the  spot 
with  a  circle  of  stones"  (1832:  135).  This  observation 
links  early  Badaga  practice  directly  with  the  prehistoric 
cinerary  burials  on  Nilgiri  hilltops  (Hockings  1976;  No- 
ble 1976). 


The  Ultimate  Separation 


57 


a  Badaga  or  a  Tamil  barber.30  Members  of  the 
dead  person's  major  lineage  (kutti),  however, 
should  not  bathe  until  after  the  korwnbu  ritual 
some  days  later. 

That  afternoon  there  is  a  common  feast  for  all 
who  were  at  the  funeral.  Closer  friends  and  rela- 
tives must  attend  this  feast.  The  meal-11  must  be 
prepared  in  the  house  of  the  bereaved,  but  it  is 
not  necessarily  eaten  there.  It  may  instead  be 
more  conveniently  taken  in  the  largest  house  of 
that  lineage.  Male  affines  cook  the  food,  which 
should  include  mutton,  and  they  meet  the  cost. 
Meanwhile,  their  wives,  who  are  daughters,  sons' 
daughters,  or  sons'  sons'  daughters  of  the  de- 
ceased, take  the  bone  fragment  collected  that 
morning,  wash  it  in  a  nearby  stream,  and  bring  it 
back  to  the  house  to  be  the  object  of  a  piija.  It  is 
afterwards  thrown  in  a  stream  if  the  family  does 
not  wish  to  keep  it  on  a  shelf  in  an  ancestral 
shrine,  and  the  feast  begins.  Later  that  house  is 
cleaned  and  the  floor  purified  in  the  usual  manner 
by  sprinkling  cow-dung  wash. 

Some  days  after  the  funeral,12  a  ceremony  to 
release  the  soul,  called  korwnbu,  is  performed  at 
the  Great  House.  This  is  not  done  for  children  or 
for  any  vegetarian  Badagas.  For  men  it  will  be  on 
the  next  Sunday  night  after  the  funeral,  for  wom- 
en on  the  next  Thursday  or  Sunday  night.  Since 
Monday  is  the  day  sacred  to  male  gods  and  Friday 
the  day  sacred  to  goddesses,  the  korumbu  must  be 
performed  on  the  eve  of  either  day,  and  it  contin- 
ues until  dawn.  Only  men  participate,  beginning 
late  in  the  evening,  while  the  widow  must  stay 
outside  the  house.  A  Toreya  village  servant  should 
beat  a  drum  and  ring  a  bell  to  summon  partici- 
pants to  the  ceremony.  In  the  1930s  he  was  paid 
1.25  rupees  and  10  measures  of  rice  (about  37 
liters)  for  such  services.  Otherwise  the  headman 
himself  comes  to  the  bereaved  house  and  sends 
some  other  messengers  to  invite  the  villagers  to 
attend,  at  least  one  man  from  each  house. 

They  start  by  lighting  a  stick  of  the  berried  box 
wood,  which  burns  like  a  candle.  However,  it  is 
soon  substituted  by  an  oil  lamp.  A  large,  flat  dry- 
ing basket  (Hockings  1988:  368,  Fig.  26)  is  filled 
with  grain  and  held  at  the  arched  doorway  (Hock- 
ings 1999:  Fig.  4)  between  the  inner  room  (o.ga 
mane)  and  the  outer  one  (ida  mane)  by  two  men, 
including  the  man  who  led  the  grain-placing  rit- 
ual. He  stirs  the  grain  around  several  times  with 
a  knife  previously  carried  in  that  earlier  ritual. 
Some  other  men  who  carried  knives  may  do  like- 
wise. Then  each  person  in  turn  comes  and  bows 
his  head  down  to  touch  the  raw  millet  (nowadays 


29  One  such  pit  was  described  as  being  4  meters  in 
circumference  (Schmidt  1894:  257). 

30  The  prime  reason  for  shaving  the  head  and  beard  is 
to  ensure  that  no  grain  that  was  intended  for  the  corpse 
has  fallen  there:  it  is  thought  that  this  could  have  a  bad 
effect.  For  the  same  reason,  one  man  stands  beside  the 
cot  and,  as  people  deposit  the  grain  mixture  on  the 
corpse,  he  brushes  their  heads  to  remove  any  grain  that 
may  have  fallen  in  the  hair;  otherwise  they  do  this  for 
themselves.  Thurston  reports  a  more  elaborate  shaving 
ritual: 

they  repair  to  a  stream,  where  a  member  of  the 
bereaved  family  shaves  a  Toreya  partially  or  com- 
pletely. Some  take  a  razor,  and,  after  removing  a 
patch  of  hair,  pass  the  Toreya  on  to  a  barber.  All 
the  agnates  are  then  shaved  by  a  Badaga  or  by  a 
barber.  The  chief  mourner  then  prostrates  himself 
on  the  ground,  and  is  blessed  by  all.  He  and  the 
Toreya  proceed  to  the  house  of  the  deceased.  Tak- 
ing a  three-pronged  twig  of  Rhodomyrtus  tomen- 
tosus,  and  placing  a  mlnige  (Argyreia)  leaf  on  the 
prongs,  he  thrusts  it  into  a  rubbish  heap  near  the 
house.  He  then  places  a  small  quantity  of  samai 
grain,  called  street  food,  on  the  leaf,  and,  after 
sprinkling  it  thrice  with  water,  goes  away  (Thurston 
1906:  198;  Thurston  and  Rangachari  1909,  I:  119). 

The  Toreya  is  shaved  first  because  of  a  fiction  that  he  is 
an  "eldest  son"  of  the  deceased  (Belli  Gowder  1938- 
1941:  12). 

31  Their  eating  of  rice  and  beans,  however,  once  used 
to  be  forbidden  until  the  korumbu  ceremony  (Belli  Gow- 
der 1923-1941:  11;  1938-1941:  10). 

32  It  was  reported  that  early  in  the  19th  century,  the 
korumbu  was  always  performed  on  a  Monday,  but  this 
must  have  meant  Sunday  night  and  Monday  morning 
(Birch  1838:  104-5). 

It  is  not  performed  for  any  boy  without  a  moustache 
or  for  any  girl  before  she  has  undergone  menarche,  un- 
less she  was  already  married  at  the  time  of  death.  How- 
ever, on  the  morning  just  after  a  child's  funeral,  well-to- 
do  parents  will  give  a  meal  to  any  relatives  present, 
while  poor  people  at  least  give  coffee.  Then,  on  that 
same  day,  the  relatives  always  purify  themselves. 

Traditionally,  four  plant  leaves,  four  measures  of 
grain,  four  measures  of  beans,  and  four  new  pots  were 
used  in  the  rites  (Natesa  Sastri  1892:  841). 

In  former  times,  but  not  today,  it  was  the  practice,  if 
a  headman  was  widowed,  for  his  brother  to  perform  the 
korumbu  ceremony  in  his  place.  This  was  so  because  a 
headman  would  lose  prestige  and  the  right  to  make  of- 
ferings (ka.nike)  to  the  gods  if  he  ceremonially  became 
a  widower. 

After  the  burial,  Wodeyas  go  back  to  the  house  of  the 
bereaved,  view  the  lamp  that  is  burning  there,  and  then 
feast  themselves.  No  prayers  are  offered.  On  the  follow- 
ing day,  they  pour  milk,  along  with  nine  different  kinds 
of  grain,  onto  the  grave.  Then,  on  the  Monday  after  the 
burial,  the  titti  ceremony  is  accomplished  during  day- 
time, unlike  the  korumbu  in  other  Badaga  phratries.  If 
the  burial  occurred  on  a  Monday,  the  most  sacred  day 
of  the  week,  then  the  titti  will  be  performed  on  the  fol- 
lowing Monday.  Invitations  are  sent  to  all  the  male  rel- 


58 


Chapter  Three 


perhaps  rice)  in  the  basket.  As  each  man  touches 
the  grain  he  says,  "May  he  go  to  God  and  be  in 
a  good  state."33  Then  all  the  men,  still  standing 
in  the  inner  room,  pray  that  the  soul  of  the  dead 
may  rest  in  peace.  Women,  who  are  standing  out- 
side on  the  veranda,  must  begin  to  weep  on  hear- 
ing this. 

There  follows  another  rite  called  "pot-black- 
ening" (madake  kanapadu).u  Some  sticks  of  the 
false  bog-myrtle  are  used  to  make  a  fire  in  the 
hearth  of  the  house  from  which  the  grain  mixture 
had  earlier  been  distributed.  Two  new  pots  are 
used:  one  should  be  supplied  by  the  Kota  asso- 
ciate of  the  eldest  man  in  the  bereaved  family  and 
the  other  by  the  Kota  associate  of  the  guru  or  the 
mother's  brother.  The  group  says  a  prayer: 

He  says  he  has  eaten. 

[Just  as)  our  ancestors  acted,  as  those  strong 
ones  acted,  we  have  acted  too. 

New  has  not  become  old.  and  old  has  not  be- 
come new. 

No  youth  carries  his  head  [high  forever]. 

Join,  alas,  with  your  caste-group! 

Join,  alas,  with  your  people! 

Join,  alas,  with  your  clan! 

Seize  hold  [of  them]  too!" 

When  the  fire  is  burning  well,  the  man  in 
charge  takes  the  old  man's  pot  around  to  the  other 
villagers  who  are  his  agnates  and  who  now  touch 
it.  He  then  takes  the  guru's  pot  around  to  the  af- 
fines,  and  they  touch  it.  Then  he  holds  each  pot 
in  turn  over  the  fire  in  order  to  soot  its  interior 
somewhat  and  thereby  make  it  usable. 

"The  chief  mourner,  accompanied  by  two  Bad- 
agas  carrying  new  pots,  proceeds  to  a  stream, 
where  the  pots  are  cleaned  with  cow-dung,  and 
rubbed  over  with  the  culms"  of  geranium  or  lem- 
on grass  (any  of  three  species  of  Cymbopogon; 
Thurston  and  Rangachari  1909,  1:  120).  The  chief 
mourner  takes  with  him  a  lit  torch,  consisting  of 
dry  grasses  (bambe;  Hockings  and  Pilot-Raichoor 
1992:  397)  or  false  bog-myrtle  leaves,  to  light  his 
way,  and  he  drops  it  outside  the  door.  The  men 
who  accompany  him  to  the  stream  or  tap  are  from 
among  the  second,  third,  or  fourth  men  in  the  ear- 
lier grain-placing  line:  one  carries  the  guru's  pot 
and  fills  it.  They  bring  water,  mainly  to  use  in 
cooking  some  of  the  freshly  husked  grain,  and  put 
it  in  the  inner  room  of  the  house.  Although  both 
pots  are  supposed  to  boil,  only  one  is  actually  put 
on  the  hearth. 

Then  the  mortar,  set  into  the  floor,  is  cleaned 


Btives.  The  feast  is  initiated  h\  the  same  man  who  had 
carried  the  crowbar  to  the  burial  ground.  At  the  titti  cer- 
emonv  he  carries  a  crowbar  again,  and  cooks  a  special 
IihhI  in  the  house  of  the  bereaved.  Nine  elders  are  called 
from  the  village,  and  the)  sil  cross-legged,  each  with  a 
brass  plate  on  his  lap  The  man  serves  them  the  special 
food.  The  eldest  son  of  the  deceased  is  the  only  Wodeya 
to  receive  a  tonsure.  If  there  is  no  son.  the  younger 
brother  of  the  deceased  receives  it  The  tonsured  man  is 
then  given  the  luiga  case  [kanujage)  that  had  belonged 
to  the  deceased,  but  w  ithoul  a  /men. 

All  this  takes  place  in  the  back  part  of  the  inner  room 
where  the  men  are  sitting.  The  one  who  has  cooked 
stands  in  the  doorway  between  the  two  rooms,  then  lies 
prostrate  in  it  while  the  nine  elders  \a\  blessings  ova 
him.  Then  the)  cat  the  food,  and  the  remainder  is  given 
to  any  others  present. 

°  Among  Lingayats,  after  the  eldest  male  of  the  fam- 
ily has  done  this,  the  guru  must  be  the  second  one  to  do 

SO. 

u  Among  Lingayats,  it  is  compulsor)  that  a  guru  be 
present  at  this  rile,  as  he  symbolizes  the  cooperation 
between  aflincs  and  agnates 


"  For  the  full  Badaga  text,  see  Hockings  <  1988:  146. 
no.  149)  and  Natesa  Sastri  (1892:  841). 


The  Ultimate  Separation 


59 


with  a  brush  consisting  of  a  bunch  of  hubbe* 
One  man  pours  some  grain  from  the  drying  basket 
into  this  stone  and  pounds  it  for  a  few  seconds. 
Then  another  close  relative  takes  over  and  does 
more  pounding,  then  winnowing,  then  pounding 
again,  winnowing  again,  pounding  for  a  third  time 
and  winnowing  once  more,  in  order  to  remove  all 
the  husks.  This  work  takes  about  ten  minutes. 
Some  grain  is  left  in  the  pounding  hole,  beside 
which  the  brush  now  lies.  A  brass  tumbler  of  wa- 
ter is  left  all  night  on  top  of  this  grain;  it  is  for 
the  departing  soul  to  drink."  When  the  water  is 
nearly  boiling,  the  husked  grain  is  added,  together 
with  a  few  beans  and  a  small  amount  of  rice  that 
has  been  especially  preserved  from  the  grain-plac- 
ing ritual.  These  items  are  cooked  together  with- 
out any  salt  until  all  the  water  is  absorbed.  "Then 
the  eldest  member  eats  a  handful  .  .  .  and  the 
others  also  do  the  same.  .  .  .  This  eating  is  called 
the  eating  of  the  hindiya  kulu — the  tasting  of  the 
funeral  rice  and  is  considered  a  great  sign  of  at- 
tachment and  caste  union"  (Natesa  Sastri  1892: 
840).  Afterward  it  is  eaten  by  all  the  men,  who 
have  stayed  awake  all  night,  tending  the  lamp, 
drinking  coffee,  and  talking.  Some  beans  (usually 
Viciafaba)  and  peas  are  boiled  in  a  separate  pot. 
They  are  mixed  with  some  of  the  grain  and  made 
into  three  little  balls,  and  this  offering  is  imme- 
diately placed  on  the  roof  as  food  for  the  depart- 
ing spirit.38 

On  the  following  morning  a  handful  of  straw  is 
pulled  out  of  the  thatch  (but  today  has  to  come 
from  somewhere  else,  as  roofs  are  tiled)  and  is  lit 
inside  the  outer  room  to  remove  pollution.  The 
family  members  and  other  close  relatives  of  the 
deceased  do  not  bathe  until  the  entire  funerary 
ritual  is  over,  but  on  the  following  morning,  they 
can  all  take  a  much-needed  purifying  bath  and  are 
then  free  to  resume  their  normal  household  activ- 
ities. They  have  regained  sudda,  a  state  of  purity. 
Those  who  have  not  yet  paid  their  tella.ti  (see 
above,  p.  5,  n.ll)  now  do  so.  The  tools  used  in 
digging  the  grave — and  the  funeral  cane  cot,  if  it 
was  not  destroyed  by  flames — are  washed,  and  the 
latter  is  sprinkled  with  a  purifying  cow-dung 
wash.  Until  this  point  in  the  funeral,  the  cot  may 
neither  be  washed  nor  reenter  a  house:  it  is  kept 
in  the  yard.  At  the  same  time,  the  knives,  sickles, 
and  winnowing  basket  that  were  used  in  the  grain 
placing  and  the  drying  basket  used  the  night  be- 
fore are  all  cleaned  with  water  (the  great  purifier 
all  over  India).  Then  the  baskets  are  also  smeared 
with  cow-dung  wash.  Thereafter  they  may  be  re- 
turned to  normal  household  use. 


36  Small  plants  of  various  species  (Hockings  and  Pilot- 
Raichoor  1992:  596). 


Lingayats  do  not  have  this  custom. 


38  In  former  days,  we  are  told,  "the  eldest  son  of  the 
deceased  places  seven  balls  of  cooked  rice  on  plantain 
or  mlnige  (Argyreia)  leaves,  and  repeats  the  names  of 
his  ancestors  and  various  relations"  (Thurston  1913: 
363). 

Lingayats  do  not  put  food  on  the  roof,  but  they  do 
pound  a  little  millet  and  then  cook  it.  Most  Lingayats 
now  have  a  high-level  jangama  priest  or  a  guru  (spiritual 
advisor)  or  guru's  representative  come,  probably  from 
the  Mysore  area  nearly  a  hundred  miles  away,  to  per- 
form a  puja  on  the  grave  (Pis.  14b  and  15a).  Except  for 
the  minority  faction  that  approves  of  intermarriage  with 
Mysore  Lingayats,  this  is  performed  on  the  11th  day 
after  death.  The  man  stands  on  the  southernmost  of  the 
five  liriga  stones  facing  toward  the  north,  which  is  the 
abode  of  Siva,  and  he  himself  is  thought  to  become  a 
linga.  One  or  two  men  wash  his  feet,  dry  them,  and  put 
sacred  ash  on  them.  Then  they  put  some  flowers  on 
them,  light  some  incense  sticks,  and  wave  these  around 
in  a  circular  motion  on  the  north  side  of  the  man's  feet. 
The  sticks  are  then  stuck  in  the  soil  beside  the  stone. 
Then  the  same  motion  is  performed  with  some  camphor 
burning  in  a  special  18-inch  metal  ladle  only  used  at 
funerals  (ba.kana).  Then  a  ritual  offering  (ka.nike)  of 
money,  totaling  1.25  rupees  (formerly  5  silver  4-anna 
coins),  is  placed  on  the  guru's  feet.  All  these  acts  of 
puja  take  place  to  the  south  of  where  the  corpse  is  bur- 
ied. 

Then  two  coconuts  are  offered  at  the  feet  of  the  guru. 
Their  water  falls  on  the  grave,  and  some  is  sprinkled  on 


60 


Chapter  Three 


The  widow  or  widower  may  now  reenter  the 
inner  and  more  sacred  room  (o.ga  mane)  of  the 
home  or  the  outer  room  of  the  Great  House  for 
the  first  time  since  the  death,  may  again  work  in 
the  fields,  and,  in  the  case  of  a  widower  with  a 
second  wife,  may  now  have  intercourse  with  her. 
A  widow  can  now  wear  jewelry  again,  except  for 
her  necklace.  Should  the  bereaved  spouse  want  to 
remarry,  it  is  possible  once  the  korumbu  is  over, 
although  for  one  year  afterwards,  the  household 
cannot  be  the  site  of  any  auspicious  ceremony. 
Another  funeral,  on  the  other  hand,  would  be  per- 
formed there  if  necessary. 

Since  about  1940.  some  families  have  revered 
a  little  cremation  ash  in  the  house  on  each  anni- 
versary of  a  death,  before  a  photograph  of  the 
deceased.  This  ilu  muttudu  (touching  the  bone) 
may  be  done  by  day  or  night.  Some  perform  such 
an  act  at  the  burial  or  cremation  ground  instead. 
A  few  have  buried  family  members  in  private 
plots  or  fields,  and  so  pay  their  respects  there  at 
a  stone  erected  to  mark  the  burial.  Some  may  in- 
vite relatives  for  such  a  ceremony;  others  do  not, 
but  distribute  food  to  the  participants.  Some  peo- 
ple work  afterwards,  others  take  the  day  off.  Ev- 
idently such  innovative  observations  are  copying 
the  Hindu  or  Christian  practice  but  are  quite  var- 
iable. 


the  guru's  feet.  The  coconut  halves  arc  placed  on  the 
earth  fill  beside  the  stone  the  guru  is  standing  on.  Next, 
any  flower  is  plucked  and  dipped  into  a  tumbler  of  milk. 
It  is  used  to  sprinkle  milk  on  the  central  stone,  then  onto 
the  guru's  feet,  and  then  onto  the  remaining  three  stones. 
the  hand  moves  around  them  clockwiie  as  it  sprinkles 
the  milk.  After  this,  some  milk  is  poured  from  the  tum- 
bler, first  on  the  guru's  feet  and  then  on  the  stones.  This 
is  poured  with  a  clockwise  motion  over  the  stones,  and 
whatever  little  milk  is  still  remaining  is  poured  over  the 
central  stone.  So  long  as  the  guru  stands  on  the  central 
stone,  he  is  a  lihga. 

The  man  who  has  performed  these  acts  now  stands 
aside,  and  the  guru,  still  on  the  stone,  puts  his  hands  up 
with  palms  together  and  his  eyes  shut,  and  says  a  prayer 
in  Kannada  that  roughly  translates  as.  "Now  we  witness 
that  the  soul  of has  gone  to  heaven.  In  the  pres- 
ence of  all  this  big  crowd  I  pray  to  God  mat  if  he  [she| 
has  done  any  sin.  all  the  sins  may  be  forgiven  through 
Lord  Bassava.  and  the  soul  may  rest  in  peace  with  you. 
O  God!"  This  is  repeated  by  the  crowd,  line  by  line. 
Then  one  or  two  of  the  men  wash  and  dry  the  guru's 
feet  before  he  steps  off  the  stone. 


Commemoration  of  the  Ancestors 


Finally,  there  used  to  be  an  eight-day  commem- 
orative ceremony  (manevale)  for  an  entire  gen- 
eration of  the  dead  once  all  had  passed  away. 
However,  the  last  one  was  performed  in  1936,  af- 
ter which  it  became  too  costly  to  stage.™ 

This  event  commemorates  all  of  the  recently 
deceased  in  a  particular  commune  and  is  cele- 
brated in  its  head  village  during  March.  It  would 
only  be  observed  after  the  last  member  of  a  par- 
ticular generation  had  died,  and  then  only  if  the 
heavy  expenses  of  feeding  several  thousand  visi- 
tors for  eight  days  could  be  afforded.  Monday  be- 
ing the  most  sacred  day  of  the  week,  the  manevale 
begins  and  ends  on  a  Monday.  But  before  this,  a 
large  supply  of  requisites  for  the  guests  has  been 
purchased  in  town:  rice,  legumes,  ghee,  curry  ma- 
terials, tobacco,  and  at  one  time  opium.  The  vil- 
lage community  as  a  whole  meets  these  expenses, 
sends  out  invitations,  and  organizes  the  function. 
The  site  of  the  celebration  is  readily  seen  from  a 
distance,  because  a  superstructure  perhaps  40  to 


w  Wodeya  and  other  Lingayat  villages,  as  well  as  the 
Ha:ruvas.  all  traditionally  vegetarian  in  diet,  did  not 
have  this  custom.  Although  it  was  not  observed  for  the 
past  60  years.  I  will  use  the  present  tense  in  this  account. 
I  rely  here  on  a  few  elderly  informants  and  on  the  cur- 
sory descriptions  that  may  be  found  in  Birch  (1838: 
105);  J.  Josenhans  (in  Metz  1852:  42-43);  Metz  (1864: 
89-90);  Hesse  (1870:  77);  Basel  Evangelical  Missionary 
Society  (1879:  75);  Thurston  (1906:  199-201);  Francis 
(1908:  134);  Thurston  and  Rangachari  (1909:  I:  121- 
23):  Samikannu  (1922:  30-31);  Belli  Gowder  (1923- 
1941:  13-15);  and  Noble  and  Noble  (1965:  268-69). 

Unfortunately,  we  do  not  have  a  full  roster  of  the  ma- 
nevales  celebrated  during  the  past  two  centuries.  A  par- 
tial list  of  celebrations  would  include  the  following: 

at  Kadanadu.  began  March  1795  (estimate) 
1845  (estimate) 
1905  (Thurston  and  Ran- 
gachari 1909.1:  121- 

22) 


The  Ultimate  Separation 


61 


50  feet  high  is  erected  there  and  covered  with 
cloths  of  various  colors.  This  will  be  destroyed  on 
the  following  Monday,  until  which  time  every- 
body celebrates  by  eating,  drinking,  dancing, 
singing,  and  smoking  (Birch  1838:  105;  Hockings 
1980:  Pis.  13-14). 

The  celebration  would  seem  to  be  modeled  on 
the  dry  funeral  of  the  Kotas  (and  to  a  lesser  extent 
on  that  of  the  Todas),  but  it  is  not  at  all  similar  to 
any  event  that  the  ancestral  Badagas  observed  in 
Mysore.40  Kotas  perform  their  celebration  for  all 
who  have  died  in  one  village  during  the  preceding 
year  (Mandelbaum  1959:  193-98). 

The  Badaga  commemoration  is  held  at  the  head 
village  of  a  commune,  but  only  after  the  appro- 
priate permission  has  been  obtained.  This  has  first 
to  be  gained  from  the  Hette  temple  at  Be:rage:ni 
(Hette  being  the  divine  ancestress  of  the  Bada- 
gas), and  then  from  Tandana:du  village,  and  then 
again  from  any  Todas,  Kotas,  and  Kurumbas  liv- 
ing in  the  vicinity.  Finally,  permission  is  obtained 
from  all  the  headmen  of  the  four  plateau  divi- 
sions, or  na.du,  and  from  some  prominent  priests 
(Belli  Gowder  1938-1941:  11). 

The  ceremony  could  actually  be  said  to  begin 
on  Sunday,  when  a  man  boils  5  measures  of  korali 
and  then  dries  it  before  dehusking.41 

The  next  morning,  a  puja  is  offered  in  a  local 
temple. 

"Later  some  earth  from  a  well-used  place  was  dug 
up  with  an  iron-pointed  dibble  made  especially  for 
the  occasion  by  Kotas.  The  earth,  which  represent- 
ed all  who  had  died  during  the  past  twelve  years 
[i.e.,  in  the  case  of  Ittalar],  was  tied  into  a  seelai 
([i.e.,  si.le]  shawl-like  cloth  which  Todas  embroi- 
dered for  the  Badagas)  and  placed  on  a  funeral-cot 
which  was  brought  to  the  earth-digging  locale. 
From  this  place  the  cot  was  carried  to  the  funeral- 
temple  kerie  [i.e.,  front  yard],  where  villagers 
placed  a  stick,  also  representing  those  who  died, 
upon  the  cot"  (Noble  and  Noble  1965:  268). 


at  Pedduva,  began  March  1840  (estimate) 

"     March  21,  1921  (Samikannu  1922: 
30-31) 
at  K. u : kill  February  23,   1852  (Josenhans,  in 

Metz  1852:  42-43) 
at  Ke:ti  "     March  24,  1879  (Basel  Evangelical 

Missionary  Society  1879:  75) 
at  Ittalaru  "     March  1902 

"      1914 
at  Attubailu  April  1902 

"    1914 
at  So:lu:ru  March  1908  (estimate) 

at  Tanga:du         "  "      1908 

"      1936 
at  Nundua  "      1915 

These  nine  villages  are  remembered  as  doing  the  ma- 
nevale;  eight  of  them  are  the  head  village  for  their  re- 
spective communes.  They  are  located  in  the  three  main 
divisions  of  the  Badaga  territory,  but  not  in  Kunda,  the 
fourth  and  latest  one  to  be  founded.  Numerous  other 
head  villages  are  not  remembered  as  having  had  this 
celebration. 

4(1  The  Kanarese  Gaudas,  who  appear  to  be  the  popu- 
lation from  which  most  16th  century  Badagas  broke 
away,  have  an  annual  family  commemoration  for  dead 
ancestors  in  the  month  of  Mituna  (June-July;  Thurston 
and  Rangachari  1909,  II:  269-72). 


41  "The  person  in  charge  of  this  operation  should  be 
careful  that  no  flies  sit  on  the  grains  while  they  are  dry- 
ing; not  even  the  shadow  of  a  human  being  should  fall 
on  them.  The  grains  are  kept  in  a  new  pot  in  the  cere- 
monial house  in  the  village"  (Belli  Gowder  1938-1941: 
11). 


As  more  and  more  guests  arrive  from  other 
places,  some  Todas  greet  them  and  act  as  recep- 
tionists, while  Kotas  or  Kurumbas  play  music. 
The  Kurumba  watchman  for  the  village  brings  a 
bamboo  ladder  to  build  the  catafalque.42  He  cer- 
emoniously cuts  the  first  bamboo,  and  then  the 
work  begins.  The  segregation  of  the  low-status 
Toreya  phratry  is  now  symbolized  by  the  building 
of  a  second  catafalque  specifically  for  their  an- 
cestors. Once  both  are  ready,  which  will  be  before 
nightfall  on  Monday,  the  Kurumba  stands  on  the 
work  yard  between  them,  surrounded  by  the  Bad- 
aga elders,  and  the  dancing  begins.  This  and  the 


42  That  at  Kadana:du  in  1905  was  seven  tiers  high.  It 

"was  built  of  wood  and  bamboo,  and  decorated 
with  silk  and  wollen  [sic]  fabrics,  flags,  and  um- 
brellas. Inside  the  ground  floor  were  a  cot  with  a 
mattress  and  pillow,  and  the  stem  of  a  plantain  tree. 
The  souls  of  the  ancestors  are  supposed  to  be  re- 
clining on  the  cot,  resting  their  heads  on  the  pillow, 
and  chewing  the  plantain,  while  the  umbrellas  pro- 
tect them  from  the  sun  and  rain.  The  ear  ornaments 
of  all  those  who  have  died  since  the  previous  [com- 


62 


Chapter  Three 


public  feeding  continue  all  week,  without  any  fur- 
ther ritual.  At  night,  mythological  street  dramas 
may  be  performed. 

At  Kadana:du,  in  1905. 


memoration]  ceremonv  should  he  placed  on  the 
cot"  (Thurston  1906:  199). 


"sixty-nine  petty  ba/ars  and  three  beer  taverns  had 
been  opened  for  the  convenience  of  all  classes  of 
people  ...  On  Wednesday  at  10  a.m.  people  from 
the  adjoining  villages  were  announced,  and  the 
Kota  band,  with  the  village  people,  went  forward. 
greeted  them,  and  brought  them  to  the  tower  (car) 
As  each  man  approached  it.  he  removed  his  turban, 
stooped  over  the  pillow  and  laid  his  head  on  it.  and 
then  went  to  form  a  ring  for  the  dance.  The  dancers 
wore  skirts  made  of  while  long-cloth,  white  and 
cream  silks  and  satins  w  ith  border  oi  red  and  blue 
trimming,  frock  dresses,  and  dressing-gowns,  while 
the  coats,  blouses,  and  jackets  were  of  the  most 
gaudy  colors  of  silk,  velvet,  velveteen,  tweed,  and 
home-spun.  As  each  group  of  people  arrived,  they 
went  first  to  the  temple  door,  saluted  the  god.  and 
went  to  the  basement  of  the  tower  (catafalque |  to 
venerate  the  deceased,  and  then  proceeded  to  join 
the  ring  for  the  dance,  where  they  danced  for  an 
hour,  received  their  supplies  of  rice.  etc..  and 
cleared  off.  Thursday  and  Friday  were  the  grandest 
days.  Nearly  three  thousand  females  and  six  thou- 
sand males  assembled  on  Thursday.  To  crown  all 
the  confusion,  there  appeared  nearly  a  thousand 
Badagas  armed  with  new  mamoties  (spades).  They 
came  on  dancing  from  some  distance,  rushed  into 
the  crowd,  and  danced  round  the  tower.  These  Bad- 
agas belonged  to  the  gang  of  public  works,  local 
fund,  and  municipal  maistries"  (i.e..  foremen: 
Thurston  1906:  199-200). 


On  the  following  Saturday.  Kota  men  arrive 
carrying  wooden  spears,  their  one-time  weapon, 
and  are  received  ceremoniously  by  the  villagers. 
Men  who  are  affines  to  the  Badaga  village  dig 
some  holes  to  hold  pots  in  an  appropriate  spot, 
and  then  rice  and  beans  are  cooked  in  the  big  pots 
in  a  process  that  goes  on  throughout  the  night, 
under  the  direction  of  affinal  men.4' 

The  next  morning,  Sunday,  a  goat  or  sheep  is 
sacrificed  to  the  heaps  of  cooked  rice  by  a  Ku- 
rumba  priest,  and  a  little  rice  is  mixed  with  the 
animal's  blood  and  buried  in  the  ground.  Some 
food  is  served  by  way  of  alms  to  any  low-caste 
people  who  may  be  present. 

On  the  Monday,  the  final  day,  another  goat  is 
sacrificed  at  one  leg  of  the  main  catafalque,  after 
which  the  catafalques  are  removed  and  disman- 
tled.44 "Cloth,  floral  decorations,  paper  and  poles 
were  carried  to  the  cremation  ground  and  burned 
along  with  the  bound  up  earth  and  the  dummy 
stick,"  which  represented  each  deceased  person 
(Noble  and  Noble  1965:  269).  Men  affinal  to  the 
village  then  have  their  heads  shaved  in  token  of 


41  Women  are  ne\er  involved  in  ceremonial  cooking. 


44  The  Nobles  (who  were  not  eyewitnesses)  report  that 
at  Ittalar  commune.  "On  the  seventh  day  funeral  dancers 
and  musicians  visited  four  peaks  adjacent  to  ithalar  (i.e.. 
Ittalar].  where  music-making  and  dancing  continued  on 
the  top  of  each  one  in  turn.  Upon  returning  from  the 
peaks  in  the  afternoon  the  crowd  dismantled  the  gudi- 
kattu"  (Noble  and  Noble  1965:  269). 


The  Ultimate  Separation 


63 


their  mourning.  In  the  evening,  korali  grain  that 
had  been  kept  in  a  pot  since  the  Sunday  before 
the  ceremony  began  is  now  cooked  together  with 
beans.  This  food  is  offered  to  the  dead  as  prasdd 
by  placing  seven  balls  of  it  on  the  roof  of  the 
temple.  An  elder  then  pronounces  this  prayer: 

Earlier  ancestors,  these  are  for  you  [two  balls]; 

Ancestresses  and  forefathers,  these  are  for  you 
[two  balls]; 

Mother  and  Father,  these  are  for  you  [two 
balls]; 

Your  share  has  come,  this  is  for  you  [one  ball]. 

For  any  deficiencies  we  made  during  your  fu- 
nerals, we  now  make  compensation. 

May  death  cease!  May  sorrow  cease! 

May  [everything]  quickly  become  good! 

By  both  the  meritoriousness  of  our  ancient  an- 
cestors 

And  the  merit  of  our  begotten  forefathers, 

May  these  dead  go  and  join  [them]!" 

Afterwards,  the  rest  of  the  food  is  eaten  by  all 
belonging  to  the  bereaved  families  (Belli  Gowder 
1938-1941:  12).  Then,  the  next  morning,  "every- 
one took  a  purifying  after-funeral  bath"  (Noble 
and  Noble  1965:  269). 


64  Chapter  Three 


Funeral  Symbolism:  Some  Conclusions 


What  has  been  described  to  this  point  is  the 
traditional  Badaga  funeral,  with  all  the  de- 
tail available.  Even  forty  years  ago  it  was  evident 
that  numerous  items  in  the  ritual  were  being  omit- 
ted, partly  through  faulty  memory,  partly  through 
disinclination,  and  partly  to  save  time.  The  se- 
quence of  events,  too,  was  sometimes  not  fol- 
lowed "correctly."  Many  villages  have  not  seen 
Kota  musicians  in  a  lifetime.  It  is  thus  not  uncom- 
mon for  much  of  the  described  ritual  to  be  omitted 
today,  while  some  items  have  been  moved  in  the 
protocol.  Some  people  now  do  the  grain-placing 
ceremony  with  rice  in  the  front  yard,  while  oth- 
ers— just  very  close  relatives — actually  do  it  in- 
side the  house  before  removing  the  corpse.  And 
although  women  are  not  supposed  to  proceed  be- 
yond the  Funeral  Grassland,  as  they  have  no  fur- 
ther rites  to  perform,  I  have  often  seen  them 
throwing  earth  or  food  offerings  into  the  grave. 
Nor  does  anyone  stop  them  any  more  if  they  come 
to  the  korumbu  rites. 

The  normal  state  of  a  Badaga  being  is  one  of 
purity,  sudda,  which  is  promoted  by  daily  worship 
and  forbearance  from  sinning.  That  state  is  sus- 
pended or,  rather,  replaced  temporarily  by  a  state 
of  impurity,  ti.tu.  under  certain  circumstances 
(such  as  contact  with  menses,  childbirth,  and 
death).  (Impurity  can  also  be  acquired  in  other 
situations,  such  as  through  marriage,  intercourse, 
or  simply  by  eating  with  a  non-Badaga.) 

From  the  moment  of  death,  the  corpse  and  all 
immediate  family  are  polluted,  and  the  people  re- 
main so  until  the  conclusion  of  the  funeral.  Use 
of  the  household's  milk  store  (ha.go.tu),  if  still 
extant,  is  now  suspended,  for  milk  is  a  pure  sub- 


stance. We  have  seen,  however,  that  there  is  nor 
mally  a  liminal  phase,  a  transitional  period,  be- 
tween the  earlier  state  of  sudda  in  the  household 
and  the  moment  of  death:  this  is  when  the  invalid 
lies,  corpselike,  inside  the  house  as  relatives  come 
from  elsewhere  to  bless  him  or  her  and  to  seek 
blessings  in  return.  After  the  ti.tu,  which  all  (ex- 
cept priests)  who  participate  in  the  funeral  will 
suffer,  a  second  liminal  phase  follows  immediate- 
ly on  the  disposal  of  the  corpse  and  continues  for 
the  nearer  relatives  until  the  departing  spirit  has 
been  fed  at  the  korumbu  rites  (see  Drawing  5). 

It  is  noticeable  that  in  the  Badaga  Hindu  fu- 
neral, unlike  in  the  Christian  one.  priests  do  not 
play  a  central  role.  A  priest  will  often  be  present, 
but  only  as  a  member  of  the  village  community 
or  as  a  relative  of  the  deceased.  He  tries  to  main- 
tain a  certain  sanctity  and  residual  purity  by  not 
eating  any  of  the  food  offered,  for  it  is  polluted 
by  its  association  with  death.  He  never  touches 
the  corpse  by  way  of  respecting  it.  (There  is  no 
special  procedure  for  the  funeral  of  a  priest.) 

The  funeral  itself,  for  all  its  multitude  of  petty 
rules  and  ritual  observations,  has  a  quadripartite 
dramaturgical  structure  to  it,  which  my  presenta- 
tion of  the  data  under  six  headings  may  have  ob- 
scured somewhat.  Those  data,  moreover,  were 
given  as  far  as  possible  in  a  chronological  se- 
quence, whereas  the  quadripartite  structure  is  one 
of  themes  that  pervade  the  entire  observation. 

The  loss  of  a  member  of  the  community,  es- 
pecially of  an  elderly  one.  threatens  the  stability 
not  just  of  the  deceased's  household  but  also  of 
the  community  as  a  whole,  which  explains  why 
the  hamlet  headman  rather  than  a  son  of  the  de- 


Funeral  Symbolism:  Some  Conclusions 


65 


ceased  is  given  charge  of  the  operations.  The 
headman's  prime  concern  is  to  reestablish  the  so- 
cial stability  that  has  just  been  ruptured.  This  is 
done — unconsciously,  no  doubt — by  performing 
rituals  that  promote  four  basic  principles  of  social 
stability,  namely  hierarchy  and  social  divisions, 
auspiciousness,  sex  distinctions,  and  kin  relation- 
ships. A  dramatic  tension  is  present  throughout 
the  funeral,  because  each  of  these  principles  is 
associated  with  a  counteractivity  of  serious  im- 
port. 

A  fundamental  principle  of  Badaga  society  is 
that  each  phratry  is  divided  into  clans  or,  more 
specifically,  into  intermarrying  categories  that  an- 
thropologists label  agnates  and  affines.  At  every 
point  in  the  funeral,  this  separation  is  reempha- 
sized  through  quite  specific  rules  about  what  the 
agnates  must  do  and  what  affines  can  or  cannot 
do.  There  seems  to  be  a  latent  tension  between 
the  two  categories  during  the  funeral,  arising  from 
the  fact  that  the  local  people,  the  agnates,  have 
either  lost  a  daughter  entrusted  to  them  by  the 
affines  or,  alternatively,  have  lost  her  husband, 
which  therefore  raises  questions  about  the  wid- 
ow's future  security. 

The  social  hierarchy  is  threatened  by  evil  spirits 
that  are  thought  to  be  attracted  under  these  sor- 
rowful circumstances  and  that  congregate  espe- 
cially near  any  funeral  ground.  The  idea  is  com- 
mon to  many  cultures: 

It  is  a  belief  familiar  to  anthropologists  .  .  .  that  the 
body  is  at  certain  times  particularly  exposed  to  the 
attacks  of  evil  spirits  .  .  .;  its  diminished  powers  of 
resistance  have  to  be  reinforced  by  magical  means. 
The  period  which  follows  death  is  particularly  dan- 
gerous in  this  respect;  that  is  why  the  corpse  must 
be  exorcised  and  be  forearmed  against  demons. 
This  preoccupation  inspires,  at  least  partly,  the  ab- 
lutions and  various  rites  connected  with  the  body 
immediately  after  death:  such  as,  for  instance,  the 
custom  of  closing  the  eyes  and  other  orifices  of  the 
body  with  coins  or  beads;  it  also  imposes  on  the 
survivors  the  duty  of  keeping  the  deceased  com- 
pany during  this  dreaded  period,  to  keep  watch  by 
his  side  and  to  beat  gongs  frequently  in  order  to 
keep  malignant  spirits  at  bay.  (Hertz  1960:  33-34) 

Evil  spirits  ipe:i)  are  the  embodiment  of  ambi- 
guity: they  are  neither  human  nor  divine,  neither 
male  nor  female,  neither  living  nor  dead;  they  are 
present  yet  invisible.  At  numerous  points  in  the 
funeral,  they  need  to  be  thwarted  in  order  to  pro- 
tect social  stability  by  ambiguous  performances. 
Thus,  we  see  Badaga  men  and  women  dancing 
energetically  in  front  of  a  gaily  decorated,  tem- 
porary abode.  The  impression  is  of  a  sort  of  sec- 


ond wedding,  with  the  widow  dressed  rather  like 
a  bride,  covering  her  face  while  weeping  and 
wearing  a  special  nose  ring.  Men  shout  "o:  hau 
haii"  in  jubilation,  as  they  do  at  auspicious  cere- 
monies. When  the  other  mourners  circle  the 
corpse  three  times  in  a  counterclockwise  direc- 
tion, the  spouse  circles  it  in  a  clockwise  direction, 
which  in  all  other  ritual  contexts  is  the  auspicious 
one.  In  nineteenth-century  reports  we  read  of 
shots  fired  in  the  air  and  can  still  see  processions 
with  knife  blades,  some  of  which  are  fantastic  in 
design,  held  in  the  air  with  points  upward  (Fig. 
9a  and  Drawing  2).  Even  the  lime  halves  stuck  on 
some  of  these  blades  are  believed  to  "put  lime 
juice  into  the  eyes"  of  the  hovering  spirits.  Iron 
protects  the  living  from  evil  spirits,  so  heavy  iron 
tools  are  carried  in  procession  to  the  graveyard, 
although  some  are  not  actually  used  there.  The 
site  of  the  grave  is  first  stabbed  with  a  crowbar. 
Elsewhere,  milk  and  grain  are  thrown  onto  the 
ground.  Drums  are  beaten  and  horns  sounded  dur- 
ing the  procession  to  create  a  frightful  noise, 
while  food  and  coins  are  thrown  in  the  air.  Prob- 
ably, too,  the  giving  of  a  turban  to  a  female  corpse 
and  the  ritual  requirement  that  some  men  dance 
in  what  might  be  viewed  as  a  female  dress  are 
further  attempts  to  confuse  the  evil  spirits  through 
sexual  ambiguity;  some  men  nowadays  dress  up 
as  Kotas,  Todas,  Kurumbas,  or  even  as  Europeans, 
which  is  considered  very  humorous  (cf.  Elmore 
1915:  35-40). 

Throughout  the  entire  ceremony,  the  rigidity  of 
the  social  hierarchy  is  reemphasized  by  reference 
to  generational  levels,  especially,  to  the  separation 
of  affines  from  agnates,  and  to  the  particular  role 
obligations  of  Kotas  and  Todas  (low-  and  high- 
status  tribes)  as  well  as  of  Toreyas  and  Wodeyas 
(low-  and  high-status  Badaga  phratries). 

Second,  auspiciousness  must  be  sought  in  the 
face  of  this  most  inauspicious  of  events:  there  are 
thus  many  references  to  it.  Three  in  particular  is 
a  lucky  number,  and  nine  is  the  luckiest  number 
of  all.  It  is  therefore  easy  to  see  why  so  many 
things  occur  in  threes  throughout  the  entire  fu- 
neral, and  why  the  Wodeyas  invite  nine  elders  to 
eat  at  the  titti  ceremony  in  the  house  of  those  be- 
reaved. All  even  numbers  are  inauspicious,  how- 
ever— a  belief  that  perhaps  explains  a  curious  say- 
ing: "If  death  [comes]  today,  [it  will  be]  three 
days  by  tomorrow"  (Hockings  1988:  105,  no.  54). 
The  morrow  is,  of  course,  the  most  common  day 
for  holding  the  funeral,  at  least  in  modern  times. 
The  concept  applies  equally  in  counting  the  days 
of  menstruation,  for  the  second  day  of  that  im- 


66 


Chapter  Four 


5/ 


Kf 


""     e... .-tf  ,,>;••',/ "-•4.. 

i  y/  M\  \>--z    '"- 

=    AS    1^6    ""=- 


i    Money 
2.  Musicians 

3.  Embroidered 

shawl 

4.  Ebanna  doth. 

money 
5.  Puka:su  doth, 

money 
6.  Rate  ol  food. 

money 
7.  Musicians. 

bag  ot  grain. 

money 
8.  Kacce  cloth. 

hair,  string, 
necklace. 

wristlet 

9.  Catafalque 

cloth,  money 

Toda 

Associate 


a  \  A^> 


Department  ol  Anthropology.  UIC 


1 

Kota  Associate 
Drawing  4.     Offerings  made  by  specific  kin  at  a  funeral. 


purity  is  also  considered  to  be  the  third:  for  ex- 
ample, in  counting  which  will  be  the  sixth  day  on 
which  a  woman  may  return  to  her  kitchen  duties. 
(For  purposes  of  calculation,  each  day  ends  at  the 
next  sunrise,  not  at  midnight.)  Considering  the 
day  after  the  death  as  the  third  day  may  further 
confuse  the  evil  spirits  with  a  sense  of  auspicious- 
ness  and  celebration  and  so  counteract  their  bale- 
ful influence  on  the  vulnerable  mourners. 

A  third  basic  principle  of  social  life,  empha- 
sized throughout  the  funeral,  is  the  distinction  be- 
tween the  sexes.  There  are  different  rules  of  pro- 
cedure for  a  male  and  a  female  corpse,  and  dif- 
ferent ritual  obligations  for  male  and  female  par- 
ticipants throughout.  At  all  points,  men  and 
women  stand,  sit,  or  walk  somewhat  separate 
from  each  other.  Whenever  something  is  done  to 
or  for  the  corpse,  it  is  the  men  who  do  it  but  the 
women  who  weep.  Yet  everyone  is  polluted,  in- 
cluding the  corpse.  The  corpse  will  only  become 
purified  by  fire  or,  alternatively,  by  being  sancti- 
fied as  a  liriga  inside  the  Lingayat  grave.  Women 


will  be  habitually  impure  for  a  few  days  every 
month,  whereas  for  men.  this  present  impurity  is 
an  exceptional  circumstance,  although,  like  wom- 
en's pollution,  it  is  something  quite  beyond  their 
control.  The  insistence  on  sexual  distinctions  in 
role  playing  throughout  the  ceremony  is  an  at- 
tempt to  evade  the  leveling  effect  of  pollution  and 
so  to  reassert  one  of  the  major  principles  of  social 
stability.  Shaving,  the  act  that  separates  men  from 
the  impurity  they  have  suffered,  is  not  required  of 
women,  for  they  will  soon  be  polluted  again.  In 
this  respect,  too.  men  are  different. 

Fourth,  kin  relationships  are  ruptured  by  the 
death  of  a  family  member.  Virtually  all  categories 
of  kin  are  obliged  to  make  some  kind  of  offering, 
whether  it  be  food,  cloth,  implements,  money,  or 
music,  during  the  course  of  the  funeral,  as  the 
diagram  makes  clear  (Drawing  4).  Not  only  do 
such  gifts  reaffirm  specific  kin  ties  but  they  also 
reflect  the  time  depth  of  the  community,  since 
they  can  be  regarded  as  linking  one  generation 
with  another — in  both   marriages  and   funerals. 


Funeral  Symbolism:  Some  Conclusions 


67 


Here  it  may  be  mentioned  that  the  materials  given 
to  the  Badaga  corpse  are,  in  general,  very  similar 
to  those  offered  to  a  dead  Brahmin  in  other  parts 
of  India.  These  materials  include  cotton  cloth,  iron 
vessels,  salt,  earth,  grain,  clarified  butter,  balls  of 
sweets,  and  a  cow  (Stevenson  1920:  140-41).  In 
this  respect,  as  well  as  in  the  methods  of  disposal 
and  the  evasive  measures  directed  against  evil 
spirits,  the  Badagas  affirm  their  Hindu  ancestry, 
(if  not  an  ancient  Brahmin  ancestry). 

Yet,  counter  to  the  above  obligations  to  assert 
their  links  with  the  dead  individual,  there  is  a 
measured  process  of  separation  going  on  through- 
out the  entire  funeral,  beginning  from  the  moment 
when  life  leaves  the  body  and  ending  when  the 
spirit  leaves  the  household  after  its  final  meal  at 
the  korumbu.  Counter  also  to  the  common  Hindu 
belief,  Badagas  do  not  think  the  soul  will  be  re- 
incarnated anymore.  It  has  already  gone  through 
seven  births,  and  only  the  seventh  incarnation  was 
as  a  human.  Thus  no  one  expects  to  encounter  the 
soul  again  on  earth. 

The  steps  in  this  separation  of  the  deceased 
from  the  community  seem  to  be  marked  by  an 
increasing  appeal  to  God  on  the  part  of  the  com- 
munity: at  least,  this  is  what  the  incidence  of  pray- 
er suggests.  There  is  no  formal  prayer  while  the 
body  lies  in  the  house,  none  when  it  comes  out- 
side, and  none  when  it  is  before  the  Great  House. 
It  is  only  when  the  corpse  has  reached  the  Funeral 
Grassland  on  the  edge  of  the  village  that  the  first, 
very  long  prayer  is  pronounced.  Then,  as  body 
and  soul  move  on  toward  the  conclusion  of  the 
entire  funeral,  more  and  more  prayers  are  uttered. 
All  of  them  are  worded  so  as  to  introduce  and 
relate  the  deceased  to  gods  (Siva  and  Brahma)  and 
especially  to  the  spirits  of  departed  ancestors,  and 
they  specifically  plead  for  acceptance  of  the  soul 
into  the  supernatural  realms.  By  the  end  of  all  the 
ceremonies,  the  transformation  of  a  personality 
from  household  member  to  ancestral  spirit  is  com- 
plete. 

During  the  course  of  the  funeral  (Drawing  1), 
the  dead  body  is  moved  to  five  successive  loca- 
tions in  a  scenario  that,  step  by  step,  moves  it 
farther  away  from  the  household  and  progressive- 
ly separates  it  from  Badaga  society.  By  the  time 
the  corpse  has  reached  the  burning  ground,  a  few 
people  can  be  heard  giving  it  messages  to  bear  to 
their  loved  ones  who  have  already  gone:  thus, 
"Tell  my  husband  that  our  daughter  is  .  .  ."  There 
is  nothing  in  the  successive  funereal  acts  to  sug- 
gest that  the  family  survivors  are  unwilling  to  let 
the  dead  go;  on  the  contrary,  everyone  collabo- 


rates to  send  off  the  dead  with  food  and  fanfare — 
unless  he  or  she  was  a  small  child. 

The  first  act  of  the  family  at  the  moment  of 
death  is  to  provision  the  body,  and  their  last  act 
at  the  conclusion  of  the  last  rites  is  to  provision 
the  soul.  This  is  paralleled  by  the  simple  act  of 
placing  a  small  coin  in  the  mouth  at  the  moment 
of  death  and  later  by  throwing  a  coin  into  the 
cremation  flames  or  into  the  Lingayat  grave  as  it 
is  about  to  be  filled.  In  this  manner,  the  entire 
process  of  disposal  of  the  dead  is  bracketed  in 
time  with  two  monetary  offerings,  often  inter- 
preted as  "tolls"  by  Classical  analogy.  Both  kinds 
of  provisioning  mark  the  division  between  the 
liminal  phase  and  the  period  of  ti:tu,  or  pollution: 
they  are  both  natural,  human,  and  everyday.  In 
between,  the  above-mentioned  prestations  (Draw- 
ing 4)  link  categories  of  relations  across  what  I 
might  characterize  as  the  "great  divide"  of  Bad- 
aga social  life,  that  which  separates  agnates  from 
affines.  Everyone  within  his  phratry  who  is 
known  to  Ego  is  actually  or  potentially  one  or  the 
other,  for  everyone  belongs  to  an  exogamous  clan. 

By  the  very  act  of  dying  the  human  body  ob- 
viously becomes  separated  from  its  former  social 
life.  After  some  preparation  of  the  body  inside  the 
house,  it  is  moved  outside  onto  the  front  yard,  but 
it  still  rests  on  a  cot.  Thus  it  is  definitively  and 
visibly  separated  from  the  household,  for  no  liv- 
ing Badaga  would  lie  on  a  cot  outdoors.  (It  would 
be  terribly  inauspicious  for  a  resting  man  to  be 
mistaken  for  a  corpse!)  Next,  the  body  and  cot  are 
taken  to  one  side  of  the  yard  in  front  of  the  Great 
House.  That  house  was  the  first  one  to  be  built  in 
the  village  and  hence  symbolizes  both  the  found- 
ing ancestral  couple  and  the  entire  village  com- 
munity that  has  descended  patrilineally  from 
them.  Here,  as  the  body  lies  insensible,  dancing, 
music,  wailing,  greeting,  and  gift-giving  go  on 
around  it  as  the  village  community  prepares  to 
separate  itself  permanently  from  a  member  who 
is  no  more.  Then  the  corpse  is  moved  to  the  vil- 
lage green  and  the  Funeral  Grassland,  where  the 
final  offerings  of  milk,  harvested  grain,  mud-for- 
food,  and  grass  (i.e.,  grazing)  are  made  to  one 
who  had  been  a  participant  in,  and  dependent 
upon,  a  mixed  farming  economy.  At  the  Funeral 
Grassland,  the  deceased  is  separated  by  certain 
rites  from  his  or  her  spouse  and  by  absolution 
from  sinful  acts  of  the  past.  Finally,  the  burial  or 
cremation  separates  the  body  from  the  soul,  which 
goes  toward  the  north.  There  is  nothing  here  of 
the  orthodox  Hindu  idea  that  the  cremation  rep- 
resents a  sacrifice,  as  Parry  has  argued  (Bloch  and 


68 


Chapter  Four 


The  Funeral:  A  Conceptual  Model 


Phases  of  separation  (passage  of  time) 


Sudda 
(purity) 
phase 


Liminal 
phase 


Ti:tu  (pollution  phase) 


Liminal 
phase 


Sudda 
(purity) 
phase 


Drawing  5.     The  funeral:  a  conceptual  model. 


Parry  1982:  77-80).  Later  on,  some  relatives  at 
the  house  light  the  soul  on  its  way  and  leave  it 
food  and  water  for  the  journey.  Thus  the  funeral 
has  reiterated  "the  proper  precedence  among  the 
constituent  parts  of  society"  (Mandelbaum  1959: 


197).  After  it  is  all  over,  the  survivors  quickly 
begin  to  separate  themselves  from  the  pollution 
that  this  death  has  caused,  and  life  goes  on. 

A  final  diagram  (Drawing  5)  is  offered  to  sum- 
marize the  major  features  of  this  transition. 


Funeral  Symbolism:  Some  Conclusions 


69 


Literature  Cited 


Aiyappan.  Ayinipalli.  1948.  Report  on  ihe  Socio-Eco- 
nomic  Conditions  of  the  Aboriginal  Tribes  of  the 
Province  of  Madras.  Government  Press.  Madras.  In- 
dia. 

Anonymous.  1879.  Dcr  Badaga-HMupding.  Kollekte- 
verein  fur  der  Busier  Mission.  117:  7-8. 

Anonymous  (S.  W.  H.).  1879.  Some  Indian  Hill  tribes. 
Dublin  University  Magazine,  (series  3>.  93:  143-52. 

Basel  Evangelical  Missionary  Society.  1879.  Report 
of  the  Basel  Evangelical  Missionary  Society  1879. 
Report  of  the  Basel  German  Evangelical  Mission  in 
South-Western  India.  Basel  Mission  Press.  Basel. 
Switzerland. 

BELLI  Gowder.  M.  K.  1923-1941.  A  Historical  Re- 
search on  the  Hill  Tribes  of  the  Nilgiris.  Ketti.  Nilgiris 
District;  unpublished  manuscript. 

.  1938-1941.  Origin  of  the  Badagas.  [In  Tamil 

and  English.]  Ketti.  Nilgiris  District;  manuscript  vol- 
ume. 

Birch.  DeBurgh.  1838.  Topographical  report  on  the 
Neilgherries.  Madras  Journal  of  Literature  and  Sci- 
ence. 8:  86-127. 

Bloch.  Maurice,  and  Jonathan  Parry,  eds.  1982. 
Death  and  the  Regeneration  of  Life.  Cambridge  Uni- 
versity Press.  Cambridge. 

Breeks.  James  Wilkinson.  1873.  An  Account  of  the 
Primitive  Tribes  and  Monuments  of  the  NTlagiris.  In- 
dia Museum.  London. 

Dubois.  Jean-Antoine.  1906.  Hindu  Manners.  Customs 
and  Ceremonies,  ed.  H.  A.  Bcauchamp.  Oxford:  Clar- 
endon Press 

Elmore.  Wilber  Theodore.  1915  Dravidian  Gods  in 
Modern  Hinduism.  University  of  Nebraska.  Universit) 
Studies.  15(1):  1-149. 

Francis.  Waiter,  ed.  1908.  Madras  District  Gazetteers. 
The  Nilgiris.  vol.  1.  Government  Press.  Madras.  India. 

Gover.  Charles  Edward.  1871.  The  Folk-Songs  of 
Southern  India.  Higginbolham  and  Co..  Madras.  India. 

Grigg,  Henry  Bidewell.  ED.  1880.  A  Manual  of  the 
Nflagiri  District  in  the  Madras  Presidency.  E.  Keys. 
Government  Press.  Madras.  India. 

Harkness.  Henry.  1832.  A  Description  of  a  Singular 
Aboriginal  Race  Inhabiting  the  Summit  of  the  Ncil- 
ghcrry  Hills,  or  Blue  Mountains  of  Coimbatoor.  in  the 
Southern  Peninsula  of  India.  Smith.  Elder,  and  Co.. 
London. 

Hertz.   Robert.    1960.    Death   and   the   Right    Hand. 

[Trans.  Rodney  and  Claudia  Ncedham).  Cohen  and 

West.  London. 
Hesse,  Johann.  1870.  Eindriicke  und  Erlcbnissc  auf  den 

Blauen  Bergen  in  Ostindien.  Evangelischc  Hciden- 

bote.  1870:  75-78. 


Hockings,  Pai  i    1968.  On  gismg  salt  to  buffaloes:  Ril 
ual  as  communication.  Ethnology,  7:  411-26. 

1976.  Pykara:  An  Iron-Age  burial  in  South  In- 
dia. Asian  Perspectives.  18:  26-50. 

.  1979.  Badaga  apparel:  Protection  and  symbol. 

pp.  143-74.  In  Justine  M.  Cofdwell  and  Ronald  A. 
Schwar/.  eds  .  The  Fabrics  of  Culture:  The  Anthro- 
pology of  Clothing  and  Adornment.  Aldine  Press. 
Chicago. 

.  1980.  Ancient  Hindu  Refugees:  Badaga  Sivial 

History  1550-1975.  Mouton  Publishers.  New  York. 

.  1988.  Counsel  from  the  Ancients,  a  Study  of 

Badaga  Proverbs.  Prayers.  Omens  and  Curses.  Mou- 
ton de  Gruyter.  New  York. 

1997.  Badaga  epic  poetry,  pp.  293-315.  In  Paul 


Hockings.  ed..  Blue  Mountains  Revisited:  Cultural 
Studies  on  the  Nilgiri  Hills.  Oxford  University  Press. 
New  York. 


.  1999.  Kindreds  of  the  Earth:  Badaga  Household 

Structure  and  Demography.  Walnut  Creek.  Calif.. 
AltaMira  Press;  New  Delhi.  Thousand  Oaks;  and  Lon- 
don, Sage  Publications. 

Hockings.  Paul,  and  Christians  Pilot-Rak  hook 
1992.  A  Badaga-English  Dictionary.  Mouton  dc  Gruy- 
ter. New  York. 

Jagor,  ANDREAS  FedOR.  1876.  Die  Badagas  im  Nilgiri- 
Gebirge.  Verhandlungen  der  Berliner  Gcsellschaft  fur 
Anthropologic.  Ethnologic  und  Urgcschichle.  1876: 
190-204. 

.   1914.  Aus  Fedor  Jagor's  Nachlass  mil  Unier- 

siui/ung  der  Jagor-Sliftung.  herausgegeben  von  der 
Berliner  Gescllschaft   fur  Anthropologic.  Ethnologic 
und  Urgeschichte  unier  Leitung  von  Albert  GrUnwcd 
el.  I.  Band.  Sudindische  Volksiammc.  Dietrich  Reimer 
(Ernsl  Vohsen),  Berlin. 

Karl.  William  Victor  1945  The  religion  of  the  Bad- 
agas. Unpublished  B.D.  diss..  Seramporc  College.  Scr- 
ampore.  India. 

Kino.  Wii  i  i am  Ross.  1870.  The  Aboriginal  Tribes  ot  the 
Nilgiri  Hills.  Longmans,  Green,  and  Co.,  l-ondon. 

LOTZE,  CHRISTIAN  Wii  hi  i  m  1887.  Auf  den  blauen  Ber- 
gen. Einige  Beobachlungcn  Uber  den  EinfluB  der  Mis 
sionsschulen.  Evangelische  Hetdenbote,  1887:  13  14 

MacNamara.  Thomas  F  1912  Some  ceremonies  of 
South  Indian  Hill  tribes  Irish  Ecclesiastical  Record, 
(series  4).  31:  141    55. 

Mandelbaum,  David  Goodman.  1937.  [Kota  Field- 
notcs.)  Bancroft  Library  (Collection  no.  89/129  cz). 
University  of  California.  Berkeley. 

.  1959.  Social  uses  of  funeral  riles,  pp.  189-217. 

hi  Herman  Fcifcl.  ed..  The  Meaning  of  Death.  Mc- 
Graw-Hill Book  Co..  New  York. 


Literature  Cited 


71 


Metz,  Johann  Friedrich.  1852.  Nachricht  aus  Indien. 

Evangelische  Heidenbote,  1852:  41-43. 
.    1864.  The  Tribes  Inhabiting  the  Neilgherry 

Hills:  Their  Social  Customs  and  Religious  Rites,  2nd 

ed.  Basel  Mission  Press,  Mangalore,  India. 
Miles,  Arthur  (pseudonym  of  Gervee  Baronti,  later 

Breckenridge).  1933.  The  Land  of  the  Lingam.  Hurst 

and  Blackett  Ltd.,  London. 
Morike,  Eberhardt  Gottlieb  Carl.  1849.  Ein  Todten- 

feier  auf  den  blauen  Bergen.  Evangelische  Heiden- 
bote, 1849:  102-5. 
.   1857.  Die  letzen  Tage  eines  Badaga=Gauda. 

Evangelische  Heidenbote,  1857:  59-60. 
Muzzy,  C.  F.   1844.  Account  of  the  Neilgherry  Hill 

tribes.  Christian  Instructor  and  Missionary  Record,  2: 

358-66. 
Nanjundayya,  H.  V.,  and  L.  Krishna  Ananthakrishna 

Iyer.  1930.  The  Mysore  Tribes  and  Castes,  Vol.  3. 

Mysore  University,  Mysore,  India. 
Natesa  Sastri,  Sangendi  Mahalinga.  1892.  The  Bad- 

agas  of  the  NTlagiri  District.  Madras  Christian  College 

Magazine,  9:  753-64,  830-43. 
Noble,   William   Allister.    1976.   Nilgiri  Dolmens 

(South  India).  Anthropos,  71:  90-128. 
Noble,  William  Allister,  and  Louisa  Booth  Noble. 

1965.  Badaga  Funeral  Customs.  Anthropos,  60:  262- 

72. 
Reclus,  Elie.  1885.  Les  Primitifs.  Etudes  d'Ethnologie 

Comparee,  par  Elie  Reclus.  Hyperboreens  Orientaux 

et  Occidentaux,  Apaches,  Monticoles  des  Nilgherris, 

Nai'rs,  Khonds.  G.  Chamerot,  Paris. 
Rhiem,  Hanna.   1900.  Die  Badagas.  Allgemeine  Mis- 

sions-Zeitschrift,  27:  497-509. 
Rivers,  William  Halse  Rivers.  1906.  The  Todas.  Mac- 

millan  and  Company  Ltd.,  London. 
Samikannu,  C.  Paul.  1922.  Function  of  Religion  among 


the   Badagas.   Madras  Christian  College  Magazine, 

n.s.,  2:  26-38. 
Schad,  Christiane  Susanna  Ottilie.  1911.  Eine  Bad- 

aga-Totenfeier.    Kollekteverein   der   Basler   Mission, 

298:  1-8. 
Schmidt,  Emil.  1894.  Reise  nach  Sudindien.  Wilhelm 

Engelmann,  Leipzig,  Germany. 
Stevenson,   Margaret   (Mrs.   Sinclair   Stevenson). 

1920.  The  Rites  of  the  Twice-Born.  Oxford  University 

Press,  London. 

Stokes,  William.  1882.  Mission  Work  amongst  the 
Badagas  and  other  Hill-Tribes  on  the  Nilgiris.  Harvest 
Field,  3:  169-79. 

Thurston,  Edgar.  1906.  Ethnographic  Notes  in  South- 
ern India.  Government  Press,  Madras,  India. 

.  1913.  The  number  seven  in  Southern  India,  pp. 

353-64.  In  Edward  C.  Quiggin,  ed.,  Essays  and  Stud- 
ies Presented  to  William  Ridgeway.  .  .  Cambridge 
University  Press,  Cambridge. 

Thurston,  Edgar,  and  Kadamki  Rangachari.  1909. 
Castes  and  Tribes  of  Southern  India.  Government 
Press,  Madras,  India. 

Tignous,  Henri  Pierre  Joseph  Arthur.  1912.  In  the 
Nilgherries  [part  3].  Illustrated  Catholic  Missions,  26: 
154-57. 

Wolf,  Richard  Kent.  1997.  Of  God  and  Death:  Music 
in  Ritual  and  Everyday  Life.  A  Musical  Ethnography 
of  the  Kotas  of  South  India.  Ph.D.  diss.,  Dept.  of  Mu- 
sic, University  of  Illinois,  Urbana-Champaign.  Avail- 
able: University  Microfilms  International,  Ann  Arbor, 
Mich.,  no.  9717346. 

Yule,  Henry,  and  Arthur  Coke  Burnell.  1903.  Hob- 
son-Jobson.  A  Glossary  of  Colloquial  Anglo-Indian 
Words  and  Phrases,  and  of  Kindred  Terms,  Etymolog- 
ical, Historical,  Geographical  and  Discursive.  John 
Murray,  London. 


72 


Literature  Cited 


Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 
1400  South  Lake  Shore  Drive 
Chicago,  Illinois  60605-2496 
Telephone:  (312)  665-7055